STANDARD DATA DICTIONARY #45 -- PTF FILE 3/24/25 PAGE 1
STORED IN ^DGPT( *** NO DATA STORED YET *** SITE: WWW.BMIRWIN.COM UCI: VISTA,VISTA (VERSION 5.3)
DATA NAME GLOBAL DATA
ELEMENT TITLE LOCATION TYPE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This file contains all PTF information generated from admissions, treating specialty transfers, and PTF screen edits.
COMPILED CROSS-REFERENCE ROUTINE: DGPTXX
DD ACCESS: @
RD ACCESS: d
WR ACCESS: D
DEL ACCESS: @
LAYGO ACCESS: @
IDENTIFIED BY: ADMISSION DATE (#2)[R]
"WR": D WR^DGPTF
POINTED TO BY: CORRESPONDING PTF RECORD field (#12) of the PTF File (#45)
RECORD field (#.01) of the PTF RECORD sub-field (#45.831) of the PTF RELEASE File (#45.83)
PTF RECORD field (#.01) of the PTF CLOSE OUT File (#45.84)
PTF NUMBER field (#.12) of the CENSUS WORKFILE File (#45.85)
PTF field (#.16) of the INPATIENT CPT CODE File (#46)
PTF field (#1) of the INPATIENT POV File (#46.1)
PTF field (#.01) of the PTF sub-field (#69.514) of the LAB SEARCH/EXTRACT File (#69.5)
PTF POINTER field (#1.07) of the TRANSFER PRICING TRANSACTIONS File (#351.61)
PTF ENTRY NUMBER field (#.08) of the BILL/CLAIMS File (#399)
PTF ENTRY field (#.16) of the PATIENT MOVEMENT File (#405)
PTF field (#.01) of the TREATMENT sub-field (#818.04) of the EPISODES OF CARE sub-field (#818.01) of the COMPACT ACT
EPISODE OF CARE File (#818)
CROSS
REFERENCED BY: ADMISSION DATE(AAD), ADMISSION DATE(AADA), DISCHARGE DATE(AADA1), DISCHARGE DATE(AC),
CORRESPONDING PTF RECORD(ACENSUS), DISCHARGE SPECIALTY(AD), SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 3(ADGRU7818),
PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSIS(ADGRU79), SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 1(ADGRU7916), SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 2(ADGRU7917),
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 4(ADGRU7919), SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 5(ADGRU79201), SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 6(ADGRU7921),
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 7(ADGRU7922), SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 8(ADGRU7923), SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 9(ADGRU7924),
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 10(ADGRU79241), SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 11(ADGRU79242), SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 12(ADGRU79243),
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 13(ADGRU79244), SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 14(ADGRU79245), SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 15(ADGRU79246),
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 16(ADGRU79247), SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 17(ADGRU79248), SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 18(ADGRU79249),
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 19(ADGRU792491), SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 20(ADGRU7924911), SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 21(ADGRU7924912),
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 22(ADGRU7924913), SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 23(ADGRU7924914), SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 24(ADGRU7924915),
PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSIS pre 1986(ADGRU80), DISCHARGE DATE(ADS), CATEGORY OF BENEFICIARY(AE), ADMISSION DATE(AF),
FEE BASIS(AFEE), ADMISSION DATE(AFEE1), MEANS TEST INDICATOR(AMT), PROCEDURE 1(AP), PROCEDURE 2(AP),
PROCEDURE 3(AP), PROCEDURE 4(AP), PROCEDURE 5(AP), STATUS(AS), PATIENT(B)
INDEXED BY: CPT RECORD DATE/TIME & DATA TO PCE FLAG & DELETE FLAG (AB), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD & PRINCIPAL
DIAGNOSIS & DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDDXLS), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 1 (ACRDM1), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 10 (ACRDM10), MOVEMENT
DATE & ICD 11 (ACRDM11), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 12 (ACRDM12), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 13 (ACRDM13), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 14
(ACRDM14), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 15 (ACRDM15), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 16 (ACRDM16), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 17 (ACRDM17),
MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 18 (ACRDM18), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 19 (ACRDM19), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 2 (ACRDM2), MOVEMENT DATE &
ICD 20 (ACRDM20), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 21 (ACRDM21), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 22 (ACRDM22), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 23
(ACRDM23), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 24 (ACRDM24), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 25 (ACRDM25), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 3 (ACRDM3),
MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 4 (ACRDM4), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 5 (ACRDM5), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 6 (ACRDM6), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD
7 (ACRDM7), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 8 (ACRDM8), MOVEMENT DATE & ICD 9 (ACRDM9), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF
RECORD & PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSIS pre 1986 & DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDPDX), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD &
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 1 & DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDSD1), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 10
& DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDSD10), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 11 & DISCHARGE DATE
(ACRDSD11), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 12 & DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDSD12), PATIENT
& ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 13 & DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDSD13), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE &
TYPE OF RECORD & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 14 & DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDSD14), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD &
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 15 & DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDSD15), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS
16 & DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDSD16), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 17 & DISCHARGE DATE
(ACRDSD17), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 18 & DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDSD18), PATIENT
& ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 19 & DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDSD19), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE &
TYPE OF RECORD & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 2 & DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDSD2), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD &
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 20 & DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDSD20), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS
21 & DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDSD21), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 22 & DISCHARGE DATE
(ACRDSD22), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 23 & DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDSD23), PATIENT
& ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 24 & DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDSD24), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE &
TYPE OF RECORD & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 3 & DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDSD3), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD &
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 4 & DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDSD4), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 5
& DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDSD5), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 6 & DISCHARGE DATE
(ACRDSD6), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 7 & DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDSD7), PATIENT &
ADMISSION DATE & TYPE OF RECORD & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 8 & DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDSD8), PATIENT & ADMISSION DATE & TYPE
OF RECORD & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 9 & DISCHARGE DATE (ACRDSD9), PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 1 (ACRPP1), PROCEDURE
DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 10 (ACRPP10), PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 11 (ACRPP11), PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 12
(ACRPP12), PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 13 (ACRPP13), PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 14 (ACRPP14), PROCEDURE
DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 15 (ACRPP15), PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 16 (ACRPP16), PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 17
(ACRPP17), PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 18 (ACRPP18), PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 19 (ACRPP19), PROCEDURE
DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 2 (ACRPP2), PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 20 (ACRPP20), PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 21
(ACRPP21), PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 22 (ACRPP22), PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 23 (ACRPP23), PROCEDURE
DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 24 (ACRPP24), PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 25 (ACRPP25), PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 3
(ACRPP3), PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 4 (ACRPP4), PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 5 (ACRPP5), PROCEDURE DATE &
PROCEDURE CODE 6 (ACRPP6), PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 7 (ACRPP7), PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 8 (ACRPP8),
PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 9 (ACRPP9), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE & OPERATION CODE 1 (ACRPS1), SURGERY/PROCEDURE
DATE & OPERATION CODE 10 (ACRPS10), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE & OPERATION CODE 11 (ACRPS11), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE &
OPERATION CODE 12 (ACRPS12), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE & OPERATION CODE 13 (ACRPS13), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE &
OPERATION CODE 14 (ACRPS14), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE & OPERATION CODE 15 (ACRPS15), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE &
OPERATION CODE 16 (ACRPS16), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE & OPERATION CODE 17 (ACRPS17), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE &
OPERATION CODE 18 (ACRPS18), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE & OPERATION CODE 19 (ACRPS19), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE &
OPERATION CODE 2 (ACRPS2), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE & OPERATION CODE 20 (ACRPS20), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE & OPERATION
CODE 21 (ACRPS21), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE & OPERATION CODE 22 (ACRPS22), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE & OPERATION CODE 23
(ACRPS23), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE & OPERATION CODE 24 (ACRPS24), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE & OPERATION CODE 25
(ACRPS25), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE & OPERATION CODE 3 (ACRPS3), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE & OPERATION CODE 4 (ACRPS4),
SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE & OPERATION CODE 5 (ACRPS5), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE & OPERATION CODE 6 (ACRPS6),
SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE & OPERATION CODE 7 (ACRPS7), SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE & OPERATION CODE 8 (ACRPS8),
SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE & OPERATION CODE 9 (ACRPS9), PATIENT & TYPE OF RECORD & PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSIS & SECONDARY
DIAGNOSIS 1 & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 2 & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 3 & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 4 & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 5 &
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 6 & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 7 & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 8 & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 9 & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS
10 & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 11 & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 12 & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 13 & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 14 & SECONDARY
DIAGNOSIS 15 & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 16 & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 17 & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 18 & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 19 &
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 20 & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 21 & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 22 & SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 23 & SECONDARY
DIAGNOSIS 24 & PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSIS pre 1986 (AICN), PATIENT & TYPE OF RECORD & PROCEDURE 1 & PROCEDURE 2 & PROCEDURE
3 & PROCEDURE 4 & PROCEDURE 5 (AICP)
LAST MODIFIED: NOV 21,2024@17:19:38
45,.001 NUMBER NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>9999999999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: JAN 15, 1985
HELP-PROMPT: TYPE A WHOLE NUMBER BETWEEN 1 AND 9999999999
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the IFN of the PTF record.
45,.01 PATIENT 0;1 POINTER TO PATIENT FILE (#2) (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DGNEWP=X
LAST EDITED: MAR 29, 2023
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the patient to enter PTF data for.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a pointer to the patient file (#2). This is the patient that the PTF data has
been entered for.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= I $D(^DGP(45.84,DA)) W *7,!,"CANNOT DELETE - CLOSED OUT"
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^B
1)= S ^DGPT("B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT("B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDDXLS (#1176), ACRDPDX (#401), ACRDSD1 (#1187), ACRDSD10 (#1188), ACRDSD11 (#1189),
ACRDSD12 (#1190), ACRDSD13 (#1191), ACRDSD14 (#1239), ACRDSD15 (#1240), ACRDSD16 (#1241),
ACRDSD17 (#1242), ACRDSD18 (#1243), ACRDSD19 (#1244), ACRDSD2 (#1192), ACRDSD20 (#1245),
ACRDSD21 (#1246), ACRDSD22 (#1247), ACRDSD23 (#1248), ACRDSD24 (#1249), ACRDSD3 (#1193),
ACRDSD4 (#1194), ACRDSD5 (#1195), ACRDSD6 (#1196), ACRDSD7 (#1197), ACRDSD8 (#1198),
ACRDSD9 (#1199), AICN (#833), AICP (#854)
45,2 ADMISSION DATE 0;2 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ETXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D ADM^DGPTF K %
LAST EDITED: FEB 03, 1998
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Admission Date. If this is not fee basis admission must match patient Admission Date.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the date of admission described by the PTF record.
EXECUTABLE HELP: Q
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^AAD^MUMPS
1)= S L=+^DGPT(DA,0) I L>0 S ^DGPT("AAD",L,X,DA)=""
2)= S L=+^DGPT(DA,0) I L>0 K ^DGPT("AAD",L,X,DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^AF
1)= S ^DGPT("AF",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT("AF",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^AADA^MUMPS
1)= S L=$S($D(^DGPT(DA,70)):+^(70),1:0) I L'?7N.E S ^DGPT("AADA",X,DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT("AADA",X,DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^AFEE1^MUMPS
1)= I $P(^DGPT(DA,0),U,4),$P(^(0),U) S ^DGPT("AFEE",$P(^DGPT(DA,0),U),$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= I $P(^DGPT(DA,0),U,4),$P(^(0),U) K ^DGPT("AFEE",$P(^DGPT(DA,0),U),$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDDXLS (#1176), ACRDPDX (#401), ACRDSD1 (#1187), ACRDSD10 (#1188), ACRDSD11 (#1189),
ACRDSD12 (#1190), ACRDSD13 (#1191), ACRDSD14 (#1239), ACRDSD15 (#1240), ACRDSD16 (#1241),
ACRDSD17 (#1242), ACRDSD18 (#1243), ACRDSD19 (#1244), ACRDSD2 (#1192), ACRDSD20 (#1245),
ACRDSD21 (#1246), ACRDSD22 (#1247), ACRDSD23 (#1248), ACRDSD24 (#1249), ACRDSD3 (#1193),
ACRDSD4 (#1194), ACRDSD5 (#1195), ACRDSD6 (#1196), ACRDSD7 (#1197), ACRDSD8 (#1198),
ACRDSD9 (#1199)
45,2.1 INTERNAL ADMISSION # ; COMPUTED
MUMPS CODE: S X=$O(^DGPM("APTF",D0,0))
ALGORITHM: S X=$O(^DGPM("APTF",D0,0))
LAST EDITED: MAR 02, 1990
DESCRIPTION:
IFN assigned to the admission date/time for this particular record.
45,2.2 WARD AT DISCHARGE ; COMPUTED
MUMPS CODE: D PTF^DGPMUTL(D0)
9.2 = X $P(^DD(45,2.1,0),U,5,99) S Y(45,2.2,1)=X S X=Y(45,2.2,1)
ALGORITHM: D PTF^DGPMUTL(D0)
LAST EDITED: MAY 21, 1991
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the ward at the time of discharge.
45,3 FACILITY 0;3 NUMBER (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC="^DIC(4,",DIC(0)="M" D ^DIC S X=$S($D(^DIC(4,+Y,99)):+^(99),1:"") K:Y'>0 X
LAST EDITED: APR 26, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: ENTER FACILITY NUMBER
DESCRIPTION:
Facility from which this veteran was discharged.
EXECUTABLE HELP: S DIC(0)="M",DIC="^DIC(4," D ^DIC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45,4 FEE BASIS 0;4 SET
'1' FOR FEE BASIS;
LAST EDITED: JAN 04, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'F' if this is a fee basis entry.
DESCRIPTION: This field indicated if the PTF record is a FEE basis record. A '1' in this field indicates a FEE
basis record.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^AFEE^MUMPS
1)= I $P(^DGPT(DA,0),U),$P(^(0),U,2) S ^DGPT("AFEE",$P(^DGPT(DA,0),U),$P(^DGPT(DA,0),U,2),DA)=""
2)= I $P(^DGPT(DA,0),U),$P(^(0),U,2) K ^DGPT("AFEE",$P(^DGPT(DA,0),U),$P(^DGPT(DA,0),U,2),DA)
45,5 SUFFIX 0;5 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: D UP^DGHELP S DIC="^DIC(45.81,",DIC(0)="EFC",D="D1" D IX^DIC S DIC=$S($D(DIE):DIE,1:DIC) I Y'>0!(X=
" ")!('$$ACTIVE^DGPTDD($G(X),+Y,+$G(PTF))) K X
LAST EDITED: JUL 18, 1995
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the active suffix of this medical center if not included in the facility number.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the suffix of the medical center if not indicated in the facility number.
EXECUTABLE HELP: D ACTLST^DGPTDD(+$G(PTF))
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^20
1)= Q
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,101)):^(101),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$S($D(^DGPT(DIV(0),101)):^(101),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(101),U,1)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=2
0 D ^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= SOURCE OF ADMISSION
45,6 STATUS 0;6 SET
'0' FOR Open;
'1' FOR Closed;
'2' FOR Released;
'3' FOR Transmitted;
LAST EDITED: MAY 10, 1985
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the current status of this patient's record.
DESCRIPTION:
This field indicates the current status of the PTF record.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the RECORD field of the PTF RECORD sub-field of the PTF RELEASE File
TRIGGERED by the PTF RECORD field of the PTF CLOSE OUT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^AS
1)= S ^DGPT("AS",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT("AS",$E(X,1,30),DA)
45,7 CLOSED OUT BY 0;7 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: MAR 10, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the person who closed out this PTF record.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a pointer to the New Person File. The field indicates who closed out the PTF
record.
45,7.1 CLOSE OUT FILE 0;9 POINTER TO PTF CLOSE OUT FILE (#45.84)
LAST EDITED: FEB 08, 1985
DESCRIPTION:
File reference containing all PTF records that have been closed out.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
45,7.2 CLOSE OUT DATE ; COMPUTED DATE
MUMPS CODE: X ^DD(45,7.2,9.2) S X=$P(Y(45,7.2,101),U,2) S D0=Y(45,7.2,2)
9.2 = S Y(45,7.2,2)=$S($D(D0):D0,1:""),Y(45,7.2,1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,0)):^(0),1:""),D0=$P(Y(45,7.2,1),
U,9) S:'$D(^DGP(45.84,+D0,0)) D0=-1 S Y(45,7.2,101)=$S($D(^DGP(45.84,D0,0)):^(0),1:"")
ALGORITHM: CLOSE OUT FILE:CLOSE OUT DATE
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the date the PTF record was closed out.
45,7.3 RELEASE DATE ; COMPUTED DATE
MUMPS CODE: X ^DD(45,7.3,9.2) S X=$P(Y(45,7.3,101),U,4) S D0=Y(45,7.3,2)
9.2 = S Y(45,7.3,2)=$S($D(D0):D0,1:""),Y(45,7.3,1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,0)):^(0),1:""),D0=$P(Y(45,7.3,1),
U,9) S:'$D(^DGP(45.84,+D0,0)) D0=-1 S Y(45,7.3,101)=$S($D(^DGP(45.84,D0,0)):^(0),1:"")
ALGORITHM: CLOSE OUT FILE:RELEASE DATE
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the date the PTF record was released.
45,7.4 TRANSMISSION DATE ; COMPUTED DATE
MUMPS CODE: S X=$S($D(^DGP(45.83,"C",D0)):$O(^DGP(45.83,"C",D0,0)),1:""),X=$S($D(^DGP(45.83,+X,"P",D0,0)):$P(^(
0),U,2),1:"")
ALGORITHM: S X=$S($D(^DGP(45.83,"C",D0)):$O(^DGP(45.83,"C",D0,0)),1:""),X=$S($D(^DGP(45.83,+X,"P",D0,0)):$P(^(
0),U,2),1:"")
LAST EDITED: MAY 19, 2006
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the date the PTF record was transmitted.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45,8 FIRST CLOSED OUT AT 0;8 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ETX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: NOV 19, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date PTF record was first closed.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the date the PTF record was first closed out.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
45,9 DRG ; COMPUTED
MUMPS CODE: Q:'$D(^DGPT(D0,0)) S %PTF=1,DRG=$S($D(^DGP(45.84,D0,0)):$P(^(0),U,6),1:""),(ICDCAL,DGCPT)="",DFN=+
^DGPT(D0,0),PTF=D0,ZTA=D0 D EN1^DGPTFD:'DRG S X=DRG,DRGCAL=$S($D(^ICD(+X,0)):^(0),1:"") K ZTA,DZ,DG
CPT
ALGORITHM: S DZ=$S($D(DA):DA,$D(D0):D0,1:"") Q:DZ="" S %PTF=1,DRG="",ICDCAL="",DFN=+^DGPT(DZ,0),PTF=D0,ZTA=D0
D EN1^DGPTFD S DA=ZTA,X=DRG K ZTA,DZ
LAST EDITED: JUL 21, 1989
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the DRG for the episode of care described by the PTF record.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45,10 MEANS TEST INDICATOR 0;10 SET (Required)
'AS' FOR SERVICE CONNECTED;
'AN' FOR NSC MT COPAY EXEMPT;
'B' FOR CAT B;
'C' FOR MT COPAY REQUIRED;
'N' FOR NON VET;
'X' FOR NOT APPLICABLE;
'U' FOR NOT DONE/COMPLETED;
'G' FOR GMT COPAY REQUIRED;
LAST EDITED: AUG 12, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: Enter Means Test indicator
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the Means Test Indicator.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^AMT
1)= S ^DGPT("AMT",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT("AMT",$E(X,1,30),DA)
45,11 TYPE OF RECORD 0;11 SET (Required)
'1' FOR PTF;
'2' FOR CENSUS;
LAST EDITED: APR 18, 1990
DESCRIPTION: This field indicates what type of record this is represents. As of 8/90 there are only two types,
PTF and census.
It is important to note that before MAS v4.7 this field did not exist and all records were PTF
records. If sites have developed reports, they will need to screen on this field for the PTF
record. (A PTF record has an internal value of 1 and a census record has a value of 2.)
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the CENSUS DATE field of the PTF File
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDDXLS (#1176), ACRDPDX (#401), ACRDSD1 (#1187), ACRDSD10 (#1188), ACRDSD11 (#1189),
ACRDSD12 (#1190), ACRDSD13 (#1191), ACRDSD14 (#1239), ACRDSD15 (#1240), ACRDSD16 (#1241),
ACRDSD17 (#1242), ACRDSD18 (#1243), ACRDSD19 (#1244), ACRDSD2 (#1192), ACRDSD20 (#1245),
ACRDSD21 (#1246), ACRDSD22 (#1247), ACRDSD23 (#1248), ACRDSD24 (#1249), ACRDSD3 (#1193),
ACRDSD4 (#1194), ACRDSD5 (#1195), ACRDSD6 (#1196), ACRDSD7 (#1197), ACRDSD8 (#1198),
ACRDSD9 (#1199), AICN (#833), AICP (#854)
45,12 CORRESPONDING PTF RECORD 0;12 POINTER TO PTF FILE (#45)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $P(^(0),U,11)=1" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 1990
DESCRIPTION: This field is only filled in for census type of records. It points to the PTF record that was used
to create the census record.
A census record is an extract of information from the parent PTF record for activities that
occurred during the census time period.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $P(^(0),U,11)=1"
EXPLANATION: Allows only PTF record.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ACENSUS
1)= S ^DGPT("ACENSUS",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT("ACENSUS",$E(X,1,30),DA)
45,13 CENSUS DATE 0;13 POINTER TO PTF CENSUS DATE FILE (#45.86)
LAST EDITED: APR 18, 1990
DESCRIPTION:
This field is only filled in for census records and it points back to a PTF CENSUS DATE file entry.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^11
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,11),X=X S DIU=
X K Y S X=DIV S X=2 S DIH=$S($D(^DGPT(DIV(0),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,11)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=11
D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,11),X=X S DIU=
X K Y S X=DIV S X=1 S DIH=$S($D(^DGPT(DIV(0),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,11)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=11
D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=2
DELETE VALUE)= S X=1
FIELD)= TYPE OF RECORD
45,14 INITIAL DATE OF SERVICE 0;14 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D DTIDS^DGPTUTL1
LAST EDITED: NOV 01, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter initial date / time (optional) of service.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the initial date of service. Time can be entered, but it is optional.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45,20 SOURCE OF ADMISSION 101;1 POINTER TO SOURCE OF ADMISSION FILE (#45.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="S DGER=0 D SA^DGPTFJ K DGSU0,DGSU1 I 'DGER" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: MAR 28, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the source of admission from the available entries.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the source of admission of the veteran, or where he was admitted to the
hospital from, i.e. community, other facility, etc.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="S DGER=0 D SA^DGPTFJ K DGSU0,DGSU1 I 'DGER"
EXPLANATION: Note: 3E only valid with active Psych Med Center suffix, 4E only valid with active VA Domiciliary s
uffix, 5D only valid with active VA Nursing Home suffix. (4E and 5D require Transferring Suffix ent
ry also)
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the SUFFIX field of the PTF File
45,20.1 ADMITTING ELIGIBILITY 101;8 POINTER TO ELIGIBILITY CODE FILE (#8)
LAST EDITED: JAN 31, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Please enter the Admitting Eligibility.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the Admitting Eligibility associated with this inpatient stay.
45,21 *TRANSFERING FACILITY 101;2 POINTER TO PTF TRANSFERRING FACILITY FILE (#45.2)
LAST EDITED: FEB 26, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the from which this patient was transfered.
DESCRIPTION:
Old version no longer used
45,21.1 TRANSFERRING FACILITY 101;5 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC="^DIC(4,",DIC(0)="ME" D ^DIC S X=$S($D(^DIC(4,+Y,99)):$E(^(99),1,3),1:"") K:Y'>0 X
LAST EDITED: JAN 21, 2000
HELP-PROMPT: ENTER FACILITY NUMBER
DESCRIPTION:
Facility number of the facility that the veteran was transferred to the hospital from.
EXECUTABLE HELP: S DIC(0)="ME",DIC="^DIC(4," D ^DIC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45,21.2 TRANSFERRING SUFFIX 101;6 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: D UP^DGHELP S DIC(0)="ECF",DIC="^DIC(45.81,",D="D1" D IX^DIC S DIC=$S($D(DIE):DIE,1:DIC) I +Y'>0!(X
=" ") K X
LAST EDITED: JUN 07, 1995
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the suffix (if applicable) assigned to the facility the patient was transferred from.
DESCRIPTION: The suffix assigned to the facility (if applicable) the veteran was transferred to the hospital
from, i.e. 9AA = Nursing Home.
EXECUTABLE HELP: S DIZ=$Y+10,DIC="^DIC(45.81,",DIC(0)="E",D="D1",X="??" D IX^DIC S DIC=DIE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45,22 SOURCE OF PAYMENT 101;3 SET
'1' FOR CONTRACT-PUBLIC&PRIV;
'2' FOR SHARING;
'3' FOR CONTRACT-MILT&FED AGENCY;
'4' FOR PAID UNAUTH;
LAST EDITED: FEB 22, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the source of payment for this patient for non-VA hospitals only.
DESCRIPTION:
The field contains the source of payment for this patient for Non-VA hospitals only.
45,23 CATEGORY OF BENEFICIARY 101;4 POINTER TO CATEGORY OF BENEFICIARY FILE (#45.82)
INPUT TRANSFORM: D CAT1^DGINP
LAST EDITED: MAY 03, 1991
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the category of beneficiary of this patient.
DESCRIPTION: Category of beneficiary. This field through cross reference sets Category of beneficiary field in
patient file which is used for Amis 358
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^AE^MUMPS
1)= S %=+^DGPT(DA,0) I %>0 S %C=$S($D(^DPT(%,.3)):^(.3),1:"")_"^^^^^^^^^^",^(.3)=$P(%C,U,1,9)_U_X_U
_$P(%C,U,11,99),^DPT("ACB",X,%)="" K ^DPT("ACB",+$P(%C,U,10),%),%,%C
2)= S %=+^DGPT(DA,0) I $D(^DPT(%,.3)) S %C=$P(^(.3),U,10) I %C S ^(.3)=$P(^(.3),U,1,9)_U_U_$P(^(.3)
,U,11,99) K ^DPT("ACB",%C,%),%,%C
45,30 CPT RECORD DATE/TIME C;0 DATE Multiple #45.06
LAST EDITED: NOV 24, 2004
INDEXED BY: CPT RECORD DATE/TIME & PRIMARY DIAGNOSIS & DELETE FLAG (AICNS)
45.06,.01 CPT RECORD DATE/TIME 0;1 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ETXR",%DT(0)="-NOW" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X K %DT D DATE^DGPTUTL1:$D(X)
LAST EDITED: JUN 29, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date and time the professional service was performed.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45.06^B
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"C","B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"C","B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
FIELD INDEX: AICNS (#834) MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Notify packages of ICD diagnosis code change.
Description: This cross-reference will notify subscribing packages via protocol DG PTF ICD DIAGNOSIS NOTIFIER
when an ICD diagnosis code is added, edited or removed.
Set Logic: D NOTIFY^DGPTDD(.X1,.X2,.DA,45,"SERVICE","SET")
Kill Logic: D NOTIFY^DGPTDD(.X1,.X2,.DA,45,"SERVICE","KILL")
X(1): CPT RECORD DATE/TIME (45.06,.01) (forwards)
X(2): PRIMARY DIAGNOSIS (45.06,.04) (forwards)
X(3): DELETE FLAG (45.06,.09) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: AB (#624) (WHOLE FILE #45)
45.06,.02 REFERRING OR ORDERING PROVIDER 0;2 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S IENS=DA_","_DA(1)_",",CPTDT=$$GET1^DIQ(45.06,IENS,.01,"I") S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIVPRV^PXAPI(Y,CPTDT
)" D ^DIC K DIC,IENS,CPTDT S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: MAR 30, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the name of the provider referring or ordering the service or item
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIVPRV^PXAPI(Y,CPTDT)"
EXPLANATION: Only Allow Active Providers
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45.06,.03 RENDERING PROVIDER 0;3 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S IENS=DA_","_DA(1)_",",CPTDT=$$GET1^DIQ(45.06,IENS,.01,"I") S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIVPRV^PXAPI(Y,CPTDT
)" D ^DIC K DIC,IENS,CPTDT S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: MAR 30, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the name of the provider performing the procedure.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIVPRV^PXAPI(Y,CPTDT)"
EXPLANATION: Only Allow Active Providers.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45.06,.04 PRIMARY DIAGNOSIS 0;4 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80) (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM:D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",DA(1))
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Primary Diagnosis for this Professional Service.
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the Diagnosis that should appear first in box 21 of the HCFA 1500 insurance form.
TECHNICAL DESCR:GETAPI^DGICGDT uses the 3 parameters passed to look up and execute the appropriate input transform
routine. The parameters passed are 1) APP="DG PTF", 2) TYPE="DIAG" and 3) DA(1), which is the IEN
of the current top level entry in the PTF file (#45). The resulting routine acts as a screen to
allow users to enter only an input value that is a valid ICD Diagnosis.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AICNS (#834) MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Notify packages of ICD diagnosis code change.
Description: This cross-reference will notify subscribing packages via protocol DG PTF ICD DIAGNOSIS NOTIFIER
when an ICD diagnosis code is added, edited or removed.
Set Logic: D NOTIFY^DGPTDD(.X1,.X2,.DA,45,"SERVICE","SET")
Kill Logic: D NOTIFY^DGPTDD(.X1,.X2,.DA,45,"SERVICE","KILL")
X(1): CPT RECORD DATE/TIME (45.06,.01) (forwards)
X(2): PRIMARY DIAGNOSIS (45.06,.04) (forwards)
X(3): DELETE FLAG (45.06,.09) (forwards)
45.06,.05 RENDERING LOCATION 0;5 POINTER TO HOSPITAL LOCATION FILE (#44) (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DIC("S")="I $P($G(^SC(Y,0)),U,7)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: JUN 09, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the location to be used in box 32 on the HCFA 1500.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the location in file 44 where services were furnished. The name of the facility and address
must be entered in file 4 and pointed to by file 44.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $P($G(^SC(Y,0)),U,7)"
EXPLANATION: LOCATION MUST HAVE A STOP CODE
45.06,.06 VISIT NUMBER 0;6 POINTER TO VISIT FILE (#9000010)
LAST EDITED: JUN 09, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: The VISIT NUMBER is returned from the PXAPI.
DESCRIPTION: This is a pointer to the Visit File (9000010) in PCE. A visit will be generated for each CPT
procedure entry.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.06^AC^MUMPS
1)= D ADD^AUPNVSIT
2)= D SUB^AUPNVSIT
45.06,.07 DATA TO PCE FLAG 0;7 SET
'0' FOR NOT SENT;
'1' FOR SENT TO PCE;
LAST EDITED: JUN 29, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Indicates that the data in PCE agrees with PTF 801 screen data.
DESCRIPTION: Set by the PTF system to indiacte if the data in the PTF 810 screen has been sent to the PCE
system. It is reset to 0 if the data is edited, after the data in PCE is deleted.
RECORD INDEXES: AB (#624) (WHOLE FILE #45)
45.06,.09 DELETE FLAG 0;9 SET
'0' FOR Valid subfile record;
'1' FOR All CPT Transactions have been deleted;
LAST EDITED: JUN 29, 2005
DESCRIPTION:
This field flags deleted records so they do not appear on the 801 Screens Not Sent to PCE report.
TECHNICAL DESCR:This field is set by DGPTFM2 when all the CPT procedure records in a subfile entry have been
logically deleted.
FIELD INDEX: AICNS (#834) MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Notify packages of ICD diagnosis code change.
Description: This cross-reference will notify subscribing packages via protocol DG PTF ICD DIAGNOSIS NOTIFIER
when an ICD diagnosis code is added, edited or removed.
Set Logic: D NOTIFY^DGPTDD(.X1,.X2,.DA,45,"SERVICE","SET")
Kill Logic: D NOTIFY^DGPTDD(.X1,.X2,.DA,45,"SERVICE","KILL")
X(1): CPT RECORD DATE/TIME (45.06,.01) (forwards)
X(2): PRIMARY DIAGNOSIS (45.06,.04) (forwards)
X(3): DELETE FLAG (45.06,.09) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: AB (#624) (WHOLE FILE #45)
45,40 401 S;0 DATE Multiple #45.01
DESCRIPTION: Multiple containing information on the PTF 401 screen relating to surgical procedures and
operations.
INDEXED BY: SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE & OPERATION CODE 1 & OPERATION CODE 2 & OPERATION CODE 3 & OPERATION CODE 4
& OPERATION CODE 5 & OPERATION CODE 6 & OPERATION CODE 7 & OPERATION CODE 8 & OPERATION CODE 9 &
OPERATION CODE 10 & OPERATION CODE 11 & OPERATION CODE 12 & OPERATION CODE 13 & OPERATION CODE 14 &
OPERATION CODE 15 & OPERATION CODE 16 & OPERATION CODE 17 & OPERATION CODE 18 & OPERATION CODE 19 &
OPERATION CODE 20 & OPERATION CODE 21 & OPERATION CODE 22 & OPERATION CODE 23 & OPERATION CODE 24 &
OPERATION CODE 25 (AICPS), OPERATION CODE 1 (AO1), OPERATION CODE 10 (AO10), OPERATION CODE 11
(AO11), OPERATION CODE 12 (AO12), OPERATION CODE 13 (AO13), OPERATION CODE 14 (AO14), OPERATION
CODE 15 (AO15), OPERATION CODE 16 (AO16), OPERATION CODE 17 (AO17), OPERATION CODE 18 (AO18),
OPERATION CODE 19 (AO19), OPERATION CODE 2 (AO2), OPERATION CODE 20 (AO20), OPERATION CODE 21
(AO21), OPERATION CODE 22 (AO22), OPERATION CODE 23 (AO23), OPERATION CODE 24 (AO24), OPERATION
CODE 25 (AO25), OPERATION CODE 3 (AO3), OPERATION CODE 4 (AO4), OPERATION CODE 5 (AO5), OPERATION
CODE 6 (AO6), OPERATION CODE 7 (AO7), OPERATION CODE 8 (AO8), OPERATION CODE 9 (AO9)
45.01,.01 SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE 0;1 DATE (Multiply asked)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ETX" D ^%DT S X=+Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D DT401^DGPTUTL1
LAST EDITED: NOV 01, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date / time (optional) of the surgery or procedure to enter PTF data for.
DESCRIPTION:
Date / time surgery or procedure was performed. Time is optional.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS1 (#1205) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPS10 (#1270) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPS11 (#1271) (WHOLE FILE
#45), ACRPS12 (#1272) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPS13 (#1273) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPS14 (#1274)
(WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPS15 (#1275) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPS16 (#1276) (WHOLE FILE #45),
ACRPS17 (#1277) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPS18 (#1278) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPS19 (#1279) (WHOLE FILE
#45), ACRPS2 (#1206) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPS20 (#1280) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPS21 (#1281)
(WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPS22 (#1282) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPS23 (#1283) (WHOLE FILE #45),
ACRPS24 (#1284) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPS25 (#1285) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPS3 (#1207) (WHOLE FILE
#45), ACRPS4 (#1208) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPS5 (#1209) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPS6 (#1286)
(WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPS7 (#1287) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPS8 (#1288) (WHOLE FILE #45),
ACRPS9 (#1289) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,3 SURGICAL SPECIALTY 0;3 POINTER TO SURGICAL SPECIALTY FILE (#45.3) (Required)
LAST EDITED: FEB 23, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the surgical specialty from the available list.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the surgical specialty for this espisode of care.
45.01,4 CATEGORY OF CHIEF SURG 0;4 SET
'V' FOR VA TEAM;
'M' FOR MIXED VA&NON-VA;
'N' FOR NON VA;
'1' FOR STAFF,FT;
'2' FOR STAFF, PT;
'3' FOR CONSULTANT;
'4' FOR ATTENDING;
'5' FOR FEE BASIS;
'6' FOR RESIDENT;
'7' FOR OTHER(INCLUDES INTERNS);
LAST EDITED: FEB 23, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the category of the chief surgeon from the available list.
DESCRIPTION: This field indicates the category of the chief surgeon. The choices are defined as a set of
codes.
45.01,5 CATEGORY OF FIRST ASSISTANT 0;5 SET
'1' FOR STAFF, FT;
'2' FOR STAFF, PT;
'3' FOR CONSULTANT;
'4' FOR ATTENDING;
'5' FOR FEE BASIS;
'6' FOR RESIDENT;
'7' FOR OTHER (INCLUDES INTERN);
'8' FOR NO ASSISTANT;
LAST EDITED: FEB 23, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the category of the first assistant from the available list.
DESCRIPTION:
This field indicates the category of the first assistant.
45.01,6 PRINCIPAL ANESTHETIC TECHNIQUE 0;6 SET
'0' FOR NONE;
'1' FOR INHALATION(OPEN DROP);
'2' FOR INHALATION(CIRCLE ABSORBER);
'3' FOR INTRAVENOUS;
'4' FOR INFILTRATION;
'5' FOR FIELD BLOCK;
'6' FOR NERVE BLOCK;
'7' FOR SPINAL;
'8' FOR EPIDURAL;
'9' FOR TOPICAL;
'R' FOR RECTAL;
'X' FOR OTHER;
LAST EDITED: FEB 23, 1984
DESCRIPTION:
This field indicates the principal anesthetic technique used during the operation/procedure.
45.01,7 SOURCE OF PAYMENT 0;7 SET
'1' FOR CONTRACT;
'2' FOR SHARING;
LAST EDITED: FEB 23, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the source of payment for patient's operated on in a non VA facility, and returned to a VA
facility within a 24-hr period.
DESCRIPTION: This field indicates the source of payment for patients operated on in a Non-VA facility and
returned to a VA facility within a 24-hr period.
45.01,8 OPERATION CODE 1 0;8 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an operation or procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO1 (#1290) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 1 (45.01,8) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS1 (#1205) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,9 OPERATION CODE 2 0;9 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an operation or procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO2 (#1301) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 2 (45.01,9) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS2 (#1206) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,10 OPERATION CODE 3 0;10 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an operation or procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO3 (#1308) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 3 (45.01,10) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS3 (#1207) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,11 OPERATION CODE 4 0;11 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an operation or procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO4 (#1309) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 4 (45.01,11) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS4 (#1208) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,12 OPERATION CODE 5 0;12 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an operation or procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO5 (#1310) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 5 (45.01,12) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS5 (#1209) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,13 OPERATION CODE 6 0;13 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an Operation or Procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO6 (#1311) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 6 (45.01,13) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS6 (#1286) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,14 OPERATION CODE 7 0;14 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an Operation or Procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO7 (#1312) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 7 (45.01,14) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS7 (#1287) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,15 OPERATION CODE 8 0;15 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an Operation or Procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO8 (#1313) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 8 (45.01,15) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS8 (#1288) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,16 OPERATION CODE 9 0;16 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an Operation or Procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO9 (#1314) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 9 (45.01,16) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS9 (#1289) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,17 OPERATION CODE 10 0;17 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an Operation or Procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO10 (#1291) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 10 (45.01,17) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS10 (#1270) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,18 OPERATION CODE 11 0;18 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an Operation or Procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO11 (#1292) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 11 (45.01,18) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS11 (#1271) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,19 OPERATION CODE 12 0;19 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an Operation or Procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO12 (#1293) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 12 (45.01,19) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS12 (#1272) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,20 OPERATION CODE 13 0;20 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an Operation or Procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO13 (#1294) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 13 (45.01,20) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS13 (#1273) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,21 OPERATION CODE 14 0;21 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an Operation or Procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO14 (#1295) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 14 (45.01,21) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS14 (#1274) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,22 OPERATION CODE 15 0;22 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an Operation or Procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO15 (#1296) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 15 (45.01,22) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS15 (#1275) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,23 OPERATION CODE 16 0;23 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an Operation or Procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO16 (#1297) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 16 (45.01,23) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS16 (#1276) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,24 OPERATION CODE 17 0;24 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an Operation or Procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO17 (#1298) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 17 (45.01,24) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS17 (#1277) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,25 OPERATION CODE 18 0;25 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an Operation or Procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO18 (#1299) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 18 (45.01,25) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS18 (#1278) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,26 OPERATION CODE 19 0;26 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an Operation or Procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO19 (#1300) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 19 (45.01,26) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS19 (#1279) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,27 OPERATION CODE 20 0;27 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an Operation or Procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO20 (#1302) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 20 (45.01,27) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS20 (#1280) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,28 OPERATION CODE 21 1;1 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1",1)
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an Operation or Procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO21 (#1303) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 21 (45.01,28) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS21 (#1281) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,29 OPERATION CODE 22 1;2 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1",1)
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an Operation or Procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO22 (#1304) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 22 (45.01,29) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS22 (#1282) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,30 OPERATION CODE 23 1;3 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1",1)
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an Operation or Procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO23 (#1305) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 23 (45.01,30) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS23 (#1283) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,31 OPERATION CODE 24 1;4 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1",1)
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an Operation or Procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO24 (#1306) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 24 (45.01,31) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS24 (#1284) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,32 OPERATION CODE 25 1;5 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGIT S DGIT=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1",1)
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Operation or Procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is an Operation or Procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AO25 (#1307) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index of Operation Codes
Description: This will allow a quick reference for sorting Operation Codes performed on a patient for an
episode of care.
Set Logic: S ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DGPT(DA(1),"S","AO")
X(1): OPERATION CODE 25 (45.01,32) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPS25 (#1285) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPS (#877)
45.01,300.01 KIDNEY SOURCE 300;1 SET
'1' FOR Live Donor;
'2' FOR Cadaver;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DGFLAG=1 D 401^DGPTSC01 K:DGER X K DGER,DGFLAG
LAST EDITED: MAY 15, 1991
DESCRIPTION:
This field will indicate where the transplant organ was received from.
TECHNICAL DESCR: The process for loading this field consist of the following steps: 1) Load the DGPTIT array with
the ICD codes from the PTF <401>, <501> or the <701> screen. 2) Scan the DGPTIT array for codes
that require additional information. The PTF EXPANDED CODE FILE (45.89) contains all ICD's that
require special processing. If a match is made an entry is made in the DGBPC array. 3) If the
DGBPC array exist then additional questions are required to complete the data entry for a
particular ICD. This flag is then used to prompt the user for any additional information.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45,45.01 PROCEDURE 1 401P;1 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N K,DGI S DGI=1 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","PROC",$G(DA),"EN2")
LAST EDITED: AUG 27, 2012
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the first procedure for this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^AP^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA,"AP",X)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA,"AP",X)
RECORD INDEXES: AICP (#854)
45,45.02 PROCEDURE 2 401P;2 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N K,DGI S DGI=2 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","PROC",$G(DA),"EN2")
LAST EDITED: FEB 13, 2024
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 2nd procedure for this patient's current episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^AP^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA,"AP",X)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA,"AP",X)
RECORD INDEXES: AICP (#854)
45,45.03 PROCEDURE 3 401P;3 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N K,DGI S DGI=3 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","PROC",$G(DA),"EN2")
LAST EDITED: OCT 30, 2012
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 3rd procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^AP^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA,"AP",X)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA,"AP",X)
RECORD INDEXES: AICP (#854)
45,45.04 PROCEDURE 4 401P;4 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N K,DGI S DGI=4 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","PROC",$G(DA),"EN2")
LAST EDITED: OCT 30, 2012
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 4th procedure that was performed on the patient during his current episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^AP^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA,"AP",X)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA,"AP",X)
RECORD INDEXES: AICP (#854)
45,45.05 PROCEDURE 5 401P;5 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N K,DGI S DGI=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","PROC",$G(DA),"EN2")
LAST EDITED: OCT 30, 2012
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 5th procedure for the patient's current episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^AP^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA,"AP",X)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA,"AP",X)
RECORD INDEXES: AICP (#854)
45,50 501 M;0 Multiple #45.02 (Add New Entry without Asking)
LAST EDITED: JUN 28, 1991
DESCRIPTION:
501 movements
TECHNICAL DESCR:
IDENTIFIED BY: MOVEMENT DATE(#10)[R], TRANSMIT FLAG(#17)
INDEXED BY: MOVEMENT RECORD & ICD 1 & ICD 2 & ICD 3 & ICD 4 & ICD 5 & ICD 6 & ICD 7 & ICD 8 & ICD 9 & ICD 10 &
ICD 11 & ICD 12 & ICD 13 & ICD 14 & ICD 15 & ICD 16 & ICD 17 & ICD 18 & ICD 19 & ICD 20 & ICD 21 &
ICD 22 & ICD 23 & ICD 24 & ICD 25 (AICNM)
45.02,.01 MOVEMENT RECORD 0;1 NUMBER (Multiply asked)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>1000)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."2N.N) X I $D(X) S DINUM=X
LAST EDITED: MAR 22, 1999
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the movement record number for this movement, between 1 and 1000
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the movement number for this episode of care.
DELETE TEST: .01,0)= I DA=1 W *7,!,"Cannot delete discharge movement"
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: AICNM (#835)
45.02,2 LOSING SPECIALTY 0;2 POINTER TO SPECIALTY FILE (#42.4)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DIC("S")="I $G(DA)=1!($$ACTIVE^DGACT(42.4,+Y,$S($P(^DGPT(DA(1),""M"",DA,0),U,10):$P(^(0),U,10),1:
$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),U,2))))" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: JUN 12, 2008
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the losing bedsection for this movement. This must be an active treating specialty.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the losing bedsection for this movement.
TECHNICAL DESCR:The "AD" cross-reference on the DISCHARGE SPECIALTY field (#71) in the PTF file (#45) updates this
field for the discharge movement.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $G(DA)=1!($$ACTIVE^DGACT(42.4,+Y,$S($P(^DGPT(DA(1),""M"",DA,0),U,10):$P(^(0),U,10),1:
$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),U,2))))"
EXPLANATION: Allows only active treating specialties.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^16
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S
X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S DIU=X K Y X ^DD(45.02,2,1,1,1.1) X ^DD(45.02,2,1,1,1.4)
1.1)= S X=DIV S I(1,0)=$G(D1),I(0,0)=$G(D0),D0=DIV S:'D0!'$D(^DIC(42.4,+D0,0)) D0=-1 S Y(101)=$S($D
(^DIC(42.4,D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(101),U,6) S D0=I(0,0) S D1=I(1,0)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,16)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=16 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S
X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,16)=D
IV,DIH=45.02,DIG=16 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= LOSING SPECIALTY:MPCR ACCOUNT
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= SPECIALTY CDR
45.02,3 LEAVE DAYS 0;3 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>999999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: FEB 23, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the total number of days this patient was on leave (authorized absence) from his stay in this
bedsection.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the total number of days this patient was on leave (authorized absence) from
his stay in this bedsection.
45.02,4 PASS DAYS 0;4 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>9999999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: FEB 23, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the total number of days this patient was on pass (Authorized absence <96 hrs) from this
bedsection during his stay.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the total number of days this patient was on pass (authorized absence <92 hrs)
from his bedsection during his stay.
45.02,5 ICD 1 0;5 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the diagnosis that was responsible for the patient's greatest length of stay in this
bedsection.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the diagnosis responsible for the greatest length of stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.01
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,1)
=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.01 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,1)
=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.01 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.01
When ICD 1 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU5^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM1 (#1177) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,6 ICD 2 0;6 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the second diagnosis for this patient's stay in the bedsection.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.02
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,2)
=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.02 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,2)
=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.02 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.02
When ICD 2 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU6^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM2 (#1179) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,7 ICD 3 0;7 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the third ICD diagnosis for this patient's length of stay in the losing bedsection.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.03
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,3)
=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.03 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,3)
=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.03 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.03
When ICD 3 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU7^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM3 (#1180) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,8 ICD 4 0;8 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the fourth diagnosis responsible for this patient's length of stay in the medical center.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.04
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,4),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,4)
=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.04 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,4),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,4)
=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.04 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.04
When ICD 4 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU8^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM4 (#1181) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,9 ICD 5 0;9 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the fifth diagnosis responsible for this patient's length of stay in this medical center.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.05
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,5),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,5)
=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.05 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,5),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,5)
=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.05 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.05
When ICD 5 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU9^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM5 (#1182) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,10 MOVEMENT DATE 0;10 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="ETX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) X $S(X<$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),U,2):"W !,""Not before admission"
" K X",X>($S($D(^(70)):$S(+^(70):+^(70),1:9999999),1:9999999)):"W !,""Not after discharge"" K X",1:
"")
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 2008
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date/time of movement for this patients episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the date/time of the movement for this episode of care.
TECHNICAL DESCR:The "AC" cross-reference on the DISCHARGE DATE field (#70) in the PTF file (#45) updates this field
for the discharge movement.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AM
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AM",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AM",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM1 (#1177) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRDM10 (#1178) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRDM11 (#1224) (WHOLE FILE
#45), ACRDM12 (#1225) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRDM13 (#1226) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRDM14 (#1227)
(WHOLE FILE #45), ACRDM15 (#1228) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRDM16 (#1229) (WHOLE FILE #45),
ACRDM17 (#1230) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRDM18 (#1231) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRDM19 (#1232) (WHOLE FILE
#45), ACRDM2 (#1179) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRDM20 (#1233) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRDM21 (#1234)
(WHOLE FILE #45), ACRDM22 (#1235) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRDM23 (#1236) (WHOLE FILE #45),
ACRDM24 (#1237) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRDM25 (#1238) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRDM3 (#1180) (WHOLE FILE
#45), ACRDM4 (#1181) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRDM5 (#1182) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRDM6 (#1183) (WHOLE FILE
#45), ACRDM7 (#1184) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRDM8 (#1185) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRDM9 (#1186) (WHOLE FILE
#45)
45.02,11 ICD 6 0;11 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the sixth diagnosis for this patient's discharge movement
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.06
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,6)
=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.06 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,6)
=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.06 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.06
When ICD 6 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU11^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM6 (#1183) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,12 ICD 7 0;12 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the seventh diagnosis responsible for this patient's length of stay in this medical center.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.07
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,7),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,7)
=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.07 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,7),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,7)
=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.07 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.07
When ICD 7 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU12^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM7 (#1184) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,13 ICD 8 0;13 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the eighth diagnosis responsible for this patient's length of stay in this medical center.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.08
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,8),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,8)
=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.08 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,8),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,8)
=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.08 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.08
When ICD 8 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU13^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM8 (#1185) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,14 ICD 9 0;14 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the ninth diagnosis responsible for this patient's length of stay in this medical center.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.09
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,9),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,9)
=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.09 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,9),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,9)
=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.09 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.09
When ICD 9 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU14^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM9 (#1186) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,15 ICD 10 0;15 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the tenth diagnosis responsible for this patient's length of stay in this medical center.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.1
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,15,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,10)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.1 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,15,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,10)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.1 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.1
When ICD 10 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU15^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM10 (#1178) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,16 SPECIALTY CDR 0;16 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>9999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."3N.N) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 22, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Type a Number between 0 and 9999, 2 Decimal Digits
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the CDR for the specialty for which the patient was being treated.
WRITE AUTHORITY:^
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the LOSING SPECIALTY field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,17 TRANSMIT FLAG 0;17 SET
'n' FOR NO, DO NOT TRANSMIT;
'y' FOR YES, TRANSMIT;
LAST EDITED: JUN 13, 1990
DESCRIPTION: This flag can be set to stop transmission of a 501 during PTF and census transmission. This flag
is only used when there are more than 25 PTF movements. Austin can only accept 25 or less.
If no data is in this field then transmission does occur.
45.02,18 TREATED FOR SC CONDITION 0;18 SET
'1' FOR YES;
'2' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: JUN 28, 1991
DESCRIPTION:
This field indicates if patient care was related to a SC disability.
45.02,20 TRANSFER DRG P;1 POINTER TO DRG FILE (#80.2)
LAST EDITED: DEC 09, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: DRG IS STORED WHEN THERE IS A SERVICE TRANSFER
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the DRG if there was a service transfer.
45.02,21 LOSING SERVICE P;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: DEC 11, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 1-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the losing service for this episode of care.
45.02,22 TRANSFER DATE P;3 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="ET" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: FEB 27, 1987
DESCRIPTION:
This field contain the transfer date into this service.
45.02,23 LOS IN SERVICE P;4 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>99999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: DEC 31, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: TYPE A WHOLE NUMBER BETWEEN 0 AND 99999
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the total length of stay for the patient.
45.02,24 PROVIDER P;5 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DIC("S")="I $$SCREEN^DGPMDD(Y,DA,DT)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: DEC 07, 1994
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the provider for this episode of care for the patient.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$SCREEN^DGPMDD(Y,DA,DT)"
EXPLANATION: Only Allow Active Providers.
EXECUTABLE HELP:D HELP^DGPMDD(DA,DT)
45.02,25 CUMULATIVE LOS P;6 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>999999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 06, 1987
HELP-PROMPT: TOTAL LENGTH OF STAY MINUS PASS AND LEAVE DAYS
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the total length of stay minus pass and leave days.
45.02,26 TREATED FOR AO CONDITION 0;26 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DGFLAG=1 D 501^DGPTSPQ K:DGER X K DGER,DGFLAG
LAST EDITED: MAR 23, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: The Patient must have Agent Orange exposure indicated!
DESCRIPTION:
This field indicates if the patient care was related to Agent Orange exposure.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45.02,27 TREATED FOR IR CONDITION 0;27 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DGFLAG=2 D 501^DGPTSPQ K:DGER X K DGER,DGFLAG
LAST EDITED: MAR 23, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: The Patient must have Ionizing Radiation exposure indicated!
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45.02,28 EXPOSED TO SW ASIA CONDITIONS 0;28 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DGFLAG=3 D 501^DGPTSPQ K:DGER X K DGER,DGFLAG
LAST EDITED: MAY 09, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Treatment releted to service in SW Asia.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45.02,29 TREATMENT FOR MST 0;29 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: JUN 18, 1998
DESCRIPTION:
Identifies whether treatment was for Military Sexual Trauma.
45.02,30 TREATMENT FOR HEAD/NECK CA 0;30 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: JUL 31, 2001
DESCRIPTION:
Identifies whether treatment was for Head and/or Neck Cancer.
45.02,31 POTENTIALLY RELATED TO COMBAT 0;31 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: DEC 09, 2003
HELP-PROMPT: Care is potentially related to military combat.
DESCRIPTION: Indicate if the inpatient stay at this location is related to military service in combat and not
from cause other than military service in combat operations (congenital, developmental, pre-service
existing conditions, or conditions having specific and well-established etiology that began after
military combat service, i.e., bone fractures occurring after separation date, commond colds, etc).
This information can only be entered if the patient has CV status in Registration.
45.02,32 TREATMENT FOR SHAD 0;32 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: MAY 18, 2005
DESCRIPTION: Identifies whether treatment was for Project 112/SHAD.
Project 112/SHAD was the name of the overall program for both shipboard and land-based biological
and chemical testing that was conducted by the United States (U.S.) military between 1962 and 1973.
Project SHAD (Shipboard Hazard and Defense) was the shipboard portion of these tests.
45.02,33 TREATMENT FOR SUICIDAL CRISIS 0;33 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: MAR 14, 2024
HELP-PROMPT: WAS PATIENT TREATED FOR ACUTE SUICIDAL CRISIS?
45.02,81.01 ICD 11 81;1 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN",81)
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the eleventh diagnosis responsible for this patient's stay in the bedsection.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.11
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,11),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.01,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,11)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.11 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,11),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.01,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,11)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.11 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.11
When ICD 11 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU8101^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM11 (#1224) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,81.02 ICD 12 81;2 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN",81)
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the twelfth diagnosis responsible for this patient's stay in the bedsection.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.12
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,12),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.02,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,12)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.12 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,12),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.02,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,12)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.12 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.12
When ICD 12 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU8102^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM12 (#1225) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,81.03 ICD 13 81;3 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN",81)
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the thirteenth diagnosis responsible for this patient's stay in the bedsection.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.13
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.03,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,13)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.13 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.03,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,13)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.13 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.13
When ICD 13 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU8103^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM13 (#1226) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,81.04 ICD 14 81;4 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN",81)
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the fourteenth diagnosis responsible for this patient's stay in the bedsection.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.14
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.04,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,14)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.14 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.04,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,14)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.14 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.14
When ICD 14 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU8104^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM14 (#1227) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,81.05 ICD 15 81;5 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN",81)
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the fifteenth diagnosis responsible for this patient's stay in the bedsection.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.15
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.05,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,15)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.15 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.05,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,15)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.15 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.15
When ICD 15 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU8105^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM15 (#1228) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,81.06 ICD 16 81;6 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN",81)
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the sixteenth diagnosis responsible for this patient's stay in the bedsection.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.16
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.06,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,16)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.16 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.06,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,16)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.16 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.16
When ICD 16 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU8106^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM16 (#1229) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,81.07 ICD 17 81;7 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN",81)
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the seventeenth diagnosis responsible for this patient's stay in the bedsection.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.17
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,17),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.07,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,17)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.17 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,17),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.07,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,17)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.17 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.17
When ICD 17 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU8107^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM17 (#1230) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,81.08 ICD 18 81;8 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN",81)
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the eighteenth diagnosis responsible for this patient's stay in the bedsection.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.18
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,18),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.08,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,18)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.18 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,18),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.08,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,18)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.18 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.18
When ICD 18 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU8108^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM18 (#1231) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,81.09 ICD 19 81;9 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN",81)
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the nineteenth diagnosis responsible for this patient's stay in the bedsection.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.19
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,19),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.09,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,19)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.19 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,19),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.09,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,19)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.19 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.19
When ICD 19 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU8109^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM19 (#1232) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,81.1 ICD 20 81;10 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN",81)
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the twentieth diagnosis responsible for this patient's stay in the bedsection.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.2
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.1,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,20)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.2 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.1,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,20)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.2 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.2
When ICD 20 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU8110^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM20 (#1233) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,81.11 ICD 21 81;11 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN",81)
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the twenty-first diagnosis responsible for this patient's stay in the bedsection.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.21
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,21),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.11,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,21)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.21 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,21),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.11,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,21)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.21 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.21
When ICD 21 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU8111^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM21 (#1234) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,81.12 ICD 22 81;12 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN",81)
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the twenty-second diagnosis responsible for this patient's stay in the bedsection.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.22
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,22),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.12,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,22)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.22 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,22),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.12,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,22)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.22 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.22
When ICD 22 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU8112^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM22 (#1235) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,81.13 ICD 23 81;13 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN",81)
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the twenty-third diagnosis responsible for this patient's stay in the bedsection.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.23
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,23),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.13,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,23)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.23 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,23),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.13,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,23)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.23 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.23
When ICD 23 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU8113^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM23 (#1236) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,81.14 ICD 24 81;14 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN",81)
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the twenty-fourth diagnosis responsible for this patient's stay in the bedsection.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.24
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,24),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.14,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,24)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.24 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,24),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.14,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,24)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.24 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.24
When ICD 24 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU8114^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM24 (#1237) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,81.15 ICD 25 81;15 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N K D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA(1)),"EN",81)
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the twenty-fifth diagnosis responsible for this patient's stay in the bedsection.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient's stay in this bedsection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^AC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"M","AC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.02^82.25
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,25),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.15,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,25)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.25 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,"M",D1,82)):^(82),1:"")
S X=$P(Y(1),U,25),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.02,81.15,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),"M",DIV(1),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,25)=DIV,DIH=45.02,DIG=82.25 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.25
When ICD 25 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.02^ADGRU8115^MUMPS
1)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T N DG1 S DG1=+$P(^DGPT(DA(1),0),"^",1) D:(DG1>0) ADGR
U^DGRUDD01(DG1)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDM25 (#1238) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICNM (#835)
45.02,82.01 POA FOR ICD 1 82;1 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,0,5) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 1.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 1 (#5) field. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 1 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.02 POA FOR ICD 2 82;2 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,0,6) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 2.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 2 (#6) field. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 2 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.03 POA FOR ICD 3 82;3 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,0,7) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 3.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 3 (#7) field. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 3 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.04 POA FOR ICD 4 82;4 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,0,8) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 4.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 4 (#8) field. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 4 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.05 POA FOR ICD 5 82;5 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,0,9) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 5.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 5 (#9) field. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 5 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.06 POA FOR ICD 6 82;6 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,0,11) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 6.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 6 (#11) field. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 6 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.07 POA FOR ICD 7 82;7 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,0,12) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 7.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 7 (#12) field. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 7 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.08 POA FOR ICD 8 82;8 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,0,13) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 8.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 8 (#13) field. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 8 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.09 POA FOR ICD 9 82;9 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,0,14) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 9.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 9 (#14) field. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 9 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.1 POA FOR ICD 10 82;10 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,0,15) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 10.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 10 (#15) field. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 10 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.11 POA FOR ICD 11 82;11 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,81,1) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 11.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 11 field. One of the following values
should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 11 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.12 POA FOR ICD 12 82;12 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,81,2) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 12.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 12 field. One of the following values
should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 12 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.13 POA FOR ICD 13 82;13 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,81,3) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 13.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 13 field. One of the following values
should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 13 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.14 POA FOR ICD 14 82;14 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,81,4) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 14.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 14 field. One of the following values
should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 14 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.15 POA FOR ICD 15 82;15 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,81,5) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 15.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 15 field. One of the following values
should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 15 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.16 POA FOR ICD 16 82;16 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,81,6) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 16.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 16 field. One of the following values
should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 16 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.17 POA FOR ICD 17 82;17 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,81,7) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 17.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 17 field. One of the following values
should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 17 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.18 POA FOR ICD 18 82;18 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,81,8) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 18.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 18 field. One of the following values
should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 18 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.19 POA FOR ICD 19 82;19 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,81,9) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 19.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 19 field. One of the following values
should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 19 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.2 POA FOR ICD 20 82;20 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,81,10) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 20.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 20 field. One of the following values
should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 20 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.21 POA FOR ICD 21 82;21 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,81,11) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 21.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 21 field. One of the following values
should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 21 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.22 POA FOR ICD 22 82;22 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,81,12) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 22.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 22 field. One of the following values
should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 22 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.23 POA FOR ICD 23 82;23 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,81,13) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 23.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 23 field. One of the following values
should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 23 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.24 POA FOR ICD 24 82;24 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,81,14) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 24.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 24 field. One of the following values
should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 24 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,82.25 POA FOR ICD 25 82;25 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X]"",$G(DA),$G(DA(1)) K:'$$POA501^DGPTFUT1(X,DA(1),DA,81,15) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for ICD 25.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) Indicator for the ICD 25 field. One of the following values
should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition was
present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR:
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ICD 25 field of the 501 sub-field of the PTF File
45.02,300.02 SUICIDE/SELF INFLICT INDICATOR 300;2 SET
'1' FOR Attempted Suicide;
'2' FOR Accomplished Suicide;
'3' FOR Self Inflicted Injury;
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DGFLAG=2 D 501^DGPTSC01 K:DGER X K DGER,DGFLAG Q
LAST EDITED: MAR 05, 1993
DESCRIPTION: This field will indicate if the suicide was attempted or accomplished or if a self inflicted injury
occurred.
TECHNICAL DESCR:The process for loading this field consist of the following steps: 1) Load the DGPTIT array with
the ICD codes from the PTF <401>, <501> or the <701> screen. 2) Scan the DGPTIT array for codes
that require additional information. The PTF EXPANDED CODE FILE (45.89) contains all ICD's that
require special processing. If a match is made an entry is made in the DGBPC array. 3) If the
DGBPC array exist then additional questions are required to complete the data entry for a
particular ICD. This flag is then used to prompt the user for any additional information.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45.02,300.03 LEGIONNAIRE'S DISEASE 300;3 SET
'1' FOR Yes;
'2' FOR No;
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DGFLAG=3 D 501^DGPTSC01 K:DGER X K DGER,DGFLAG Q
LAST EDITED: MAY 15, 1991
DESCRIPTION:
This field will indicated if the patient was treated for Legionnaire's Disease.
TECHNICAL DESCR:The process for loading this field consist of the following steps: 1) Load the DGPTIT array with
the ICD codes from the PTF <401>, <501> or the <701> screen. 2) Scan the DGPTIT array for codes
that require additional information. The PTF EXPANDED CODE FILE (45.89) contains all ICD's that
require special processing. If a match is made an entry is made in the DGBPC array. 3) If the
DGBPC array exist then additional questions are required to complete the data entry for a
particular ICD. This flag is then used to prompt the user for any additional information.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45.02,300.04 SUBSTANCE ABUSE 300;4 POINTER TO PTF ABUSED SUBSTANCE FILE (#45.61)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DGFLAG=4 D 501^DGPTSC01 K:DGER X K DGER,DGFLAG
LAST EDITED: MAY 15, 1991
DESCRIPTION:
Select type of substance abused by the patient.
TECHNICAL DESCR:The process for loading this field consist of the following steps: 1) Load the DGPTIT array with
the ICD codes from the PTF <401>, <501> or the <701> screen. 2) Scan the DGPTIT array for codes
that require additional information. The PTF EXPANDED CODE FILE (45.89) contains all ICD's that
require special processing. If a match is made an entry is made in the DGBPC array. 3) If the
DGBPC array exist then additional questions are required to complete the data entry for a
particular ICD. This flag is then used to prompt the user for any additional information.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45.02,300.05 PSYCHIATRY CLASS. SEVERITY 300;5 SET
'0' FOR INADEQUATE INFO OR NO CHANGE;
'1' FOR NONE;
'2' FOR MILD;
'3' FOR MODERATE;
'4' FOR SEVERE;
'5' FOR EXTREME;
'6' FOR CATASTROPHIC;
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DGFLAG=5 D 501^DGPTSC01 K:DGER X K DGER,DGFLAG
LAST EDITED: MAY 15, 1991
DESCRIPTION:
This field is an overall rating indicating maximal stress.
TECHNICAL DESCR:The process for loading this field consist of the following steps: 1) Load the DGPTIT array with
the ICD codes from the PTF <401>, <501> or the <701> screen. 2) Scan the DGPTIT array for codes
that require additional information. The PTF EXPANDED CODE FILE (45.89) contains all ICD's that
require special processing. If a match is made an entry is made in the DGBPC array. 3) If the
DGBPC array exist then additional questions are required to complete the data entry for a
particular ICD. This flag is then used to prompt the user for any additional information.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45.02,300.06 CURRENT PSYCH CLASS ASSESS 300;6 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DGFLAG=6 D 501^DGPTSC01 S:DGER X="" K DGFLAG,DGER K:+X'=X!(X>90)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 11, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Type a Number between 1 and 90, 0 Decimal Digits
DESCRIPTION: CODE TERMINOLOGY
90 TO 81 ABSENT OR MINIMAL SYMPTOMS
80 TO 71 IF SYMPTOMS ARE PRESENT, THEY ARE TRANSIENT AND
EXPECTABLE REACTIONS TO PSYCHOSOCIAL STRESSORS
70 TO 61 SOME MILD SYMPTOMS OR SOME DIFFICULTY IN
SOCIAL, OCCUPATIONAL OR SCHOOL FUNCTIONING
60 TO 51 MODERATE SYMPTOMS OR MODERATE DIFFICULTY IN
SOCIAL, OCCUPATIONAL OR SCHOOL FUNCTIONING
50 TO 41 SERIOUS SYMPTOMS OR SERIOUS IMPAIRMENT IN
SOCIAL, OCCUPATIONAL OR SCHOOL FUNCTIONING
40 TO 31 SOME IMPAIRMENT IN REALITY TESTING OR
COMMUNICATION OR MAJOR IMPAIRMENT IN SEVERAL
AREAS, SUCH AS SCHOOL, FAMILY RELATIONS,
JUDGEMENT, THINKING OR MOOD
30 TO 21 SOME DANGER OF HURTING SELF OR OTHERS OR
OCCASIONALLY FAILS TO MAINTAIN PERSONAL HYGIENE
OR GROSS IMPAIRMENT IN COMMUNICATION OR
JUDGEMENT OR INABILITY TO FUNCTION IN ALMOST
ALL AREAS
20 TO 11 SOME DANGER OF HURTING SELF OR OTHERS OR
OCCASIONALLY FAILS TO MAINTAIN MINIMAL PERSONAL
HYGIENE OR GROSS IMPAIRMENT IN COMMUNICATION
10 TO 1 PERSISTENT DANGER OF SEVERELY HURTING SELF OR
OTHERS OR PERSISTENT INABILITY TO MAINTAIN
MINIMAL PERSONAL HYGIENE OR SERIOUS SUICIDAL
ACT WITH CLEAR EXPECTATIONS OF DEATH
TECHNICAL DESCR:The process for loading this field consist of the following steps: 1) Load the DGPTIT array with
the ICD codes from the PTF <401>, <501> or the <701> screen. 2) Scan the DGPTIT array for codes
that require additional information. The PTF EXPANDED CODE FILE (45.89) contains all ICD's that
require special processing. If a match is made an entry is made in the DGBPC array. 3) If the
DGBPC array exist then additional questions are required to complete the data entry for a
particular ICD. This flag is then used to prompt the user for any additional information.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45.02,300.07 HIGH LEVEL PSYCH CLASS 300;7 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DGFLAG=7 D 501^DGPTSC01 S:DGER X="" K DGER,DGFLAG K:+X'=X!(X>90)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 11, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Type a Number between 1 and 90, 0 Decimal Digits
DESCRIPTION: CODE TERMINOLOGY
90 TO 81 ABSENT OR MINIMAL SYMPTOMS
80 TO 71 IF SYMPTOMS ARE PRESENT, THEY ARE TRANSIENT AND
EXPECTABLE REACTIONS TO PSYCHOSOCIAL STRESSORS
70 TO 61 SOME MILD SYMPTOMS OR SOME DIFFICULTY IN
SOCIAL, OCCUPATIONAL OR SCHOOL FUNCTIONING
60 TO 51 MODERATE SYMPTOMS OR MODERATE DIFFICULTY IN
SOCIAL, OCCUPATIONAL OR SCHOOL FUNCTIONING
50 TO 41 SERIOUS SYMPTOMS OR SERIOUS IMPAIRMENT IN
SOCIAL, OCCUPATIONAL OR SCHOOL FUNCTIONING
40 TO 31 SOME IMPAIRMENT IN REALITY TESTING OR
COMMUNICATION OR MAJOR IMPAIRMENT IN SEVERAL
AREAS, SUCH AS SCHOOL, FAMILY RELATIONS,
JUDGEMENT, THINKING OR MOOD
30 TO 21 SOME DANGER OF HURTING SELF OR OTHERS OR
OCCASIONALLY FAILS TO MAINTAIN PERSONAL HYGIENE
OR GROSS IMPAIRMENT IN COMMUNICATION OR
JUDGEMENT OR INABILITY TO FUNCTION IN ALMOST
ALL AREAS
20 TO 11 SOME DANGER OR HURTING SELF OR OTHERS OR
OCCASIONALLY FAILS TO MAINTAIN MINIMAL PERSONAL
HYGIENE OR GROSS IMPAIRMENT IN COMMUNICATION
10 TO 1 PERSISTENT DANGER OF SEVERELY HURTING SELF OR
OTHERS OR PERSISTENT INABILITY TO MAINTAIN
MINIMAL PERSONAL HYGIENE OR SERIOUS SUICIDAL
ACT WITH CLEAR EXPECTATIONS OF DEATH
TECHNICAL DESCR:The process for loading this field consist of the following steps: 1) Load the DGPTIT array with
the ICD codes from the PTF <401>, <501> or the <701> screen. 2) Scan the DGPTIT array for codes
that require additional information. The PTF EXPANDED CODE FILE (45.89) contains all ICD's that
require special processing. If a match is made an entry is made in the DGBPC array. 3) If the
DGBPC array exist then additional questions are required to complete the data entry for a
particular ICD. This flag is then used to prompt the user for any additional information.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45,60 601 P;0 DATE Multiple #45.05
DESCRIPTION:
601 movements.
INDEXED BY: PROCEDURE DATE & PROCEDURE CODE 1 & PROCEDURE CODE 2 & PROCEDURE CODE 3 & PROCEDURE CODE 4 &
PROCEDURE CODE 5 & PROCEDURE CODE 6 & PROCEDURE CODE 7 & PROCEDURE CODE 8 & PROCEDURE CODE 9 &
PROCEDURE CODE 10 & PROCEDURE CODE 11 & PROCEDURE CODE 12 & PROCEDURE CODE 13 & PROCEDURE CODE 14 &
PROCEDURE CODE 15 & PROCEDURE CODE 16 & PROCEDURE CODE 17 & PROCEDURE CODE 18 & PROCEDURE CODE 19 &
PROCEDURE CODE 20 & PROCEDURE CODE 21 & PROCEDURE CODE 22 & PROCEDURE CODE 23 & PROCEDURE CODE 24 &
PROCEDURE CODE 25 (AICPP)
45.05,.01 PROCEDURE DATE 0;1 DATE (Multiply asked)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ET" D ^%DT S X=+Y K:+Y<1 X I $D(X) X $S($$BADDT^DGPTFM6(X):"K X",1:"S X=X")
LAST EDITED: NOV 21, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Enter a date after the admission date/time and before the discharge date/time. If census is open
must be before census close date.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the date of the procedure.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP1 (#1200) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPP10 (#1250) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPP11 (#1251) (WHOLE FILE
#45), ACRPP12 (#1252) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPP13 (#1253) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPP14 (#1254)
(WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPP15 (#1255) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPP16 (#1256) (WHOLE FILE #45),
ACRPP17 (#1257) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPP18 (#1258) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPP19 (#1259) (WHOLE FILE
#45), ACRPP2 (#1201) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPP20 (#1260) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPP21 (#1261)
(WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPP22 (#1262) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPP23 (#1263) (WHOLE FILE #45),
ACRPP24 (#1264) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPP25 (#1265) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPP3 (#1202) (WHOLE FILE
#45), ACRPP4 (#1203) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPP5 (#1204) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPP6 (#1266)
(WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPP7 (#1267) (WHOLE FILE #45), ACRPP8 (#1268) (WHOLE FILE #45),
ACRPP9 (#1269) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,1 SPECIALTY 0;2 POINTER TO SPECIALTY FILE (#42.4)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIVE^DGACT(42.4,Y,$P(^DGPT(DA(1),""P"",DA,0),U))" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y
<0 X
LAST EDITED: JUL 31, 1995
HELP-PROMPT: Enter treating specialty. This must be an active treating specialty.
DESCRIPTION:
Treating specialty for which this 601 movement was associated.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIVE^DGACT(42.4,Y,$P(^DGPT(DA(1),""P"",DA,0),U))"
EXPLANATION: Allows only active treating specialties.
45.05,2 DIALYSIS TYPE 0;3 POINTER TO PTF DIALYSIS TYPE FILE (#45.4)
LAST EDITED: OCT 19, 1990
DESCRIPTION:
If applicable, the PTF designated dialysis type of care received during this episode of care.
45.05,3 NUMBER OF DIALYSIS TREATMENTS 0;4 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: FEB 15, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: Type a Number between 1 and 999, 0 Decimal Digits
DESCRIPTION:
Total number of dialysis treatments received during this episode of care.
45.05,4 PROCEDURE CODE 1 0;5 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 1st procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP1^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP1 (#1200) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,5 PROCEDURE CODE 2 0;6 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 2nd procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP2^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP2 (#1201) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,6 PROCEDURE CODE 3 0;7 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 3rd procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP3^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP3 (#1202) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,7 PROCEDURE CODE 4 0;8 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 4th procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP4^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP4 (#1203) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,8 PROCEDURE CODE 5 0;9 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 5th procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP5^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP5 (#1204) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,9 PROCEDURE CODE 6 0;10 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 6th procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP6^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP6 (#1266) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,10 PROCEDURE CODE 7 0;11 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 7th procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP7^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP7 (#1267) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,11 PROCEDURE CODE 8 0;12 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 8th procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP8^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP8 (#1268) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,12 PROCEDURE CODE 9 0;13 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 9th procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP9^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP9 (#1269) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,13 PROCEDURE CODE 10 0;14 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 10th procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP10^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP10 (#1250) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,14 PROCEDURE CODE 11 0;15 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 11th procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP11^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP11 (#1251) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,15 PROCEDURE CODE 12 0;16 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 12th procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP12^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP12 (#1252) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,16 PROCEDURE CODE 13 0;17 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 13th procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP13^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP13 (#1253) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,17 PROCEDURE CODE 14 0;18 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 14th procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP14^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP14 (#1254) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,18 PROCEDURE CODE 15 0;19 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 15th procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP15^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP15 (#1255) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,19 PROCEDURE CODE 16 0;20 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 16th procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP16^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP16 (#1256) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,20 PROCEDURE CODE 17 0;21 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 17th procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP17^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP17 (#1257) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,21 PROCEDURE CODE 18 0;22 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 18th procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP18^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP18 (#1258) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,22 PROCEDURE CODE 19 0;23 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 19th procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP19^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP19 (#1259) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,23 PROCEDURE CODE 20 0;24 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1")
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 20th procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP20^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP20 (#1260) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,24 PROCEDURE CODE 21 1;1 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1",1)
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 21st procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP21^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP21 (#1261) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,25 PROCEDURE CODE 22 1;2 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1",1)
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 22nd procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP22^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP22 (#1262) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,26 PROCEDURE CODE 23 1;3 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1",1)
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 23rd procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP23^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP23 (#1263) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,27 PROCEDURE CODE 24 1;4 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1",1)
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 24th procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP24^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP24 (#1264) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45.05,28 PROCEDURE CODE 25 1;5 POINTER TO ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE FILE (#80.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:N DGIT S DGIT=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DGPTF","PROC",$G(DA(1)),"EN1",1)
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 25th procedure performed on this patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a procedure performed during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.05^AP25^MUMPS
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),"P","AP6",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: ACRPP25 (#1265) (WHOLE FILE #45), AICPP (#855)
45,70 DISCHARGE DATE 70;1 DATE
DISCHARGE/CENSUS DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ETXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) K:X<$P(^DGPT(DA,0),U,2) X I '$D(X) W *7,!,"Not before adm
ission"
LAST EDITED: JUN 02, 2008
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date this patient was dispositioned from the medical center.
DESCRIPTION: For census records, this field holds the census date associated with the record, not the
admission's discharge date.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADS
1)= S ^DGPT("ADS",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT("ADS",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^AC^MUMPS
1)= N DGFDA,DGMSG S DGFDA(45.02,"1,"_$$IENS^DILF(DA),10)=X D FILE^DIE("","DGFDA","DGMSG") K DGFDA,D
GMSG
2)= N DGFDA,DGMSG S DGFDA(45.02,"1,"_$$IENS^DILF(DA),10)="@" D FILE^DIE("","DGFDA","DGMSG") K DGFDA
,DGMSG
When a patient is discharged, this cross-reference updates the MOVEMENT DATE field (#10) in the 501
subfile (#45.02) with the discharge date for the associated discharge movement.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^AADA1^MUMPS
1)= S L=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",2) I L?7N.E K ^DGPT("AADA",L,DA)
2)= S L=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",2) I L?7N.E,$G(DIK)'="^DGPT(" S ^DGPT("AADA",L,DA)=""
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDDXLS (#1176), ACRDPDX (#401), ACRDSD1 (#1187), ACRDSD10 (#1188), ACRDSD11 (#1189),
ACRDSD12 (#1190), ACRDSD13 (#1191), ACRDSD14 (#1239), ACRDSD15 (#1240), ACRDSD16 (#1241),
ACRDSD17 (#1242), ACRDSD18 (#1243), ACRDSD19 (#1244), ACRDSD2 (#1192), ACRDSD20 (#1245),
ACRDSD21 (#1246), ACRDSD22 (#1247), ACRDSD23 (#1248), ACRDSD24 (#1249), ACRDSD3 (#1193),
ACRDSD4 (#1194), ACRDSD5 (#1195), ACRDSD6 (#1196), ACRDSD7 (#1197), ACRDSD8 (#1198),
ACRDSD9 (#1199)
45,71 DISCHARGE SPECIALTY 70;2 POINTER TO SPECIALTY FILE (#42.4)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $G(^DGPT(DA,70)),$$ACTIVE^DGACT(42.4,Y,$P(^DGPT(DA,70),U))" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=
+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: JUN 02, 2008
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the bedsection this patient was discharged from. This must be an active treating specialty.
You must have a discharge date to enter a discharge specialty.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the bedsection this patient was discharged from.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $G(^DGPT(DA,70)),$$ACTIVE^DGACT(42.4,Y,$P(^DGPT(DA,70),U))"
EXPLANATION: Allows only active treating specialties.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^AD^MUMPS
1)= I $D(^DGPT(DA,"M",1,0)) N DGFDA,DGMSG S DGFDA(45.02,"1,"_$$IENS^DILF(DA),2)=X D FILE^DIE("","DG
FDA","DGMSG") K DGFDA,DGMSG
2)= I $D(^DGPT(DA,"M",1,0)) N DGFDA,DGMSG S DGFDA(45.02,"1,"_$$IENS^DILF(DA),2)="@" D FILE^DIE("","
DGFDA","DGMSG") K DGFDA,DGMSG
When the discharge specialty is modified, this cross-reference will modify the LOSING SPECIALTY
field (#2) in the 501 subfile (#45.02) with the discharge specialty associated with the discharge
movement.
45,72 TYPE OF DISPOSITION 70;3 SET
'1' FOR REGULAR;
'2' FOR NBC OR WHILE ASIH;
'3' FOR EXPIRATION 6 MONTH LIMIT;
'4' FOR IRREGULAR;
'5' FOR TRANSFER;
'6' FOR DEATH WITH AUTOPSY;
'7' FOR DEATH WITHOUT AUTOPSY;
LAST EDITED: AUG 19, 1991
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the type of disposition for this patient for this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the type of disposition for this patient for this episode of care.
45,72.1 DISCHARGE STATUS 70;14 SET
'1' FOR BED OCCUPANT;
'2' FOR ON PASS;
'3' FOR ON LEAVE;
'4' FOR ASIH;
LAST EDITED: JUL 21, 1986
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the discharge status for the patient during this episode of care.
45,73 OUTPATIENT TREATMENT 70;4 SET
'1' FOR YES;
'3' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: FEB 23, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: Enter '1' if the patient was discharged to outpatient treatment, '3' if not.
DESCRIPTION: This field indicates if the veteran was referred for outpatient treatment following an episode of
hospital care.
45,74 VA AUSPICES 70;5 SET
'1' FOR YES;
'2' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: APR 08, 1985
DESCRIPTION: If outpatient care indicated, is it under VA auspices? Is the VA paying for this care or is the
veteran being seen at a VA facility?
45,75 PLACE OF DISPOSITION 70;6 POINTER TO PLACE OF DISPOSITION FILE (#45.6)
LAST EDITED: FEB 24, 1984
DESCRIPTION:
Enter place of disposition..where is the veteran being discharged to?
45,76 *RECEIVING FACILITY 70;7 POINTER TO PTF TRANSFERRING FACILITY FILE (#45.2)
LAST EDITED: FEB 24, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the location of the facility receiving this patient.
DESCRIPTION:
Discontinued after version 3.3
45,76.1 RECEIVING FACILITY 70;12 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC="^DIC(4,",DIC(0)="ME" D ^DIC S DIC=$S($D(DIE):DIE,1:DIC) S X=$S($D(^DIC(4,+Y,99)):$E(^(99),1,
3),1:"") K:Y'>0 X
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2000
HELP-PROMPT: Enter Facility Number
DESCRIPTION:
Facility number of the facility that the veteran is being transferred to from hospital.
EXECUTABLE HELP: S DIC(0)="ME",DIC="^DIC(4," D ^DIC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45,76.2 RECEIVING SUFFIX 70;13 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: D UP^DGHELP S DIC(0)="EFC",DIC="^DIC(45.81,",D="D1" D IX^DIC S DIC=DIE I +Y'>0!(X=" ") K X
LAST EDITED: JUL 05, 1995
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the suffix of this medical center if not included in the facility number.
DESCRIPTION:
Suffix of receiving facility, i.e. 9AA for nursing home.
EXECUTABLE HELP: S DIZ=$Y+10,DIC="^DIC(45.81,",DIC(0)="E",D="D1",X="??" D IX^DIC S DIC=DIE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45,77 ASIH DAYS 70;8 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>999999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: FEB 24, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the number of days the patient was ASIH if stay was not in a hospital.
DESCRIPTION: Number of days patient was Absent Sick in Hospital during this episode of care (pertains to
NHCU/DOM patients only).
45,78 C&P STATUS 70;9 SET
'1' FOR COMP/SC COND >10%;
'2' FOR NON-COMP/SC COND<10%;
'3' FOR COMP/SC (+10%) NO MED CARE;
'4' FOR NON-COMP(-10%) SC NO MED CARE-VA PENSION;
'5' FOR VA PENSION-NO SC COND;
'6' FOR NON-COMP(-10%) SC NO MED CARE NO PENSION;
'7' FOR NO PENSION-NO SC;
'8' FOR NON-VET;
LAST EDITED: FEB 24, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the C&P status for this patient's visit.
DESCRIPTION:
Compensation and Pension status (synoymous with eligibility).
45,79 PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSIS 70;10 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=1 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the ICD diagnosis responsible for the patient's greatest length of stay.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the diagnosis responsible for the patient's greatest length of stay.
EXECUTABLE HELP: Q
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.01
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU
=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,1)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.01 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU
=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,1)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.01 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.01
When PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSIS field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU79^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDDXLS (#1176), AICN (#833)
45,79.1 PROVIDER 70;15 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="S DG1=0 X ^DD(45,79.1,9.2) I DG1" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
9.2 = S DFN=+^DGPT(DA,0),%=+$O(^DGPM("APTF",DA,0)) S:%'>0 DG1=1 X:'DG1 ^DD(45,79.1,9.3)
9.3 = F I=0:0 S I=$O(^DGPM("CA",%,I)) Q:'I I $D(^DGPM(I,0)),$P(^(0),U,8)=+Y S DG1=1 Q
LAST EDITED: JAN 26, 1993
DESCRIPTION:
The primary physician responsible for this patient's episode of care.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="S DG1=0 X ^DD(45,79.1,9.2) I DG1"
EXPLANATION: Same as in treating specialties
45,79.16 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 1 70;16 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=2 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care. This diagnosis is used
in the calculation of the DRG.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.02
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DIU
=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,2)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.02 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DIU
=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,2)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.02 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.02
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 1 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU7916^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD1 (#1187), AICN (#833)
45,79.17 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 2 70;17 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=3 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care. This diagnosis is used
in the calculation of the DRG.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.03
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU
=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,3)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.03 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU
=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,3)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.03 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.03
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 2 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU7917^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD2 (#1192), AICN (#833)
45,79.18 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 3 70;18 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=4 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care. This diagnosis is used
in the calculation of the DRG.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.04
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,4),X=X S DIU
=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,4)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.04 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,4),X=X S DIU
=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,4)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.04 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.04
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 3 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU7818^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD3 (#1193), AICN (#833)
45,79.19 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 4 70;19 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=5 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care. This diagnosis is used
in the calculation of the DRG.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.05
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,5),X=X S DIU
=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,5)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.05 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,5),X=X S DIU
=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,5)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.05 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.05
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 4 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU7919^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD4 (#1194), AICN (#833)
45,79.2 PROVIDER SSN ; COMPUTED
MUMPS CODE: X ^DD(45,79.2,9.2) S X=$P(Y(45,79.2,101),U,9) S D0=Y(45,79.2,80)
9.2 = S Y(45,79.2,80)=$S($D(D0):D0,1:""),Y(45,79.2,1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,70)):^(70),1:""),D0=$P(Y(45,79
.2,1),U,15) S:'$D(^VA(200,+D0,0)) D0=-1 S Y(45,79.2,101)=$S($D(^VA(200,D0,1)):^(1),1:"")
ALGORITHM: PROVIDER:SSN
LAST EDITED: JUL 17, 1993
DESCRIPTION:
Social Security number of primary care physician.
45,79.201 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 5 70;20 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=6 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care. This diagnosis is used
in the calculation of the DRG.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.06
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DIU
=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,6)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.06 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DIU
=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,6)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.06 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.06
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 5 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU79201^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD5 (#1195), AICN (#833)
45,79.21 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 6 70;21 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=7 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care. This diagnosis is used
in the calculation of the DRG.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.07
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,7),X=X S DIU
=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,7)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.07 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,7),X=X S DIU
=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,7)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.07 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.07
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 6 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU7921^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD6 (#1196), AICN (#833)
45,79.22 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 7 70;22 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=8 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care. This diagnosis is used
in the calculation of the DRG.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.08
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,8),X=X S DIU
=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,8)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.08 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,8),X=X S DIU
=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,8)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.08 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.08
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 7 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU7922^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD7 (#1197), AICN (#833)
45,79.23 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 8 70;23 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=9 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care. This diagnosis is used
in the calculation of the DRG.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.09
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,9),X=X S DIU
=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,9)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.09 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,9),X=X S DIU
=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,9)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.09 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.09
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 8 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU7923^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD8 (#1198), AICN (#833)
45,79.24 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 9 70;24 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=10 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care. This diagnosis is used
in the calculation of the DRG.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.1
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,10)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.1 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,10)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.1 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.1
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 9 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU7924^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD9 (#1199), AICN (#833)
45,79.241 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 10 71;1 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=11 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU79241^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.11
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,11),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,11)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.11 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,11),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,11)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.11 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.11
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 10 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD10 (#1188), AICN (#833)
45,79.242 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 11 71;2 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=12 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU79242^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.12
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,12),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,12)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.12 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,12),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,12)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.12 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.12
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 11 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD11 (#1189), AICN (#833)
45,79.243 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 12 71;3 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=13 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU79243^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.13
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,13)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.13 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,13)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.13 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.13
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 12 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD12 (#1190), AICN (#833)
45,79.244 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 13 71;4 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=14 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU79244^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.14
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,14)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.14 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,14)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.14 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.14
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 13 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD13 (#1191), AICN (#833)
45,79.245 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 14 71;5 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=15 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care. This diagnosis is used
in the calculation of the DRG.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU79245^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.15
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,15)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.15 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,15)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.15 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.15
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 14 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD14 (#1239), AICN (#833)
45,79.246 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 15 71;6 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=16 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care. This diagnosis is used
in the calculation of the DRG.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU79246^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.16
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,16)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.16 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,16)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.16 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.16
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 15 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD15 (#1240), AICN (#833)
45,79.247 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 16 71;7 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=17 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care. This diagnosis is used
in the calculation of the DRG.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU79247^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.17
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,17),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,17)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.17 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,17),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,17)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.17 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.17
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 16 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD16 (#1241), AICN (#833)
45,79.248 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 17 71;8 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=18 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care. This diagnosis is used
in the calculation of the DRG.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU79248^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.18
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,18),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,18)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.18 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,18),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,18)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.18 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.18
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 17 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD17 (#1242), AICN (#833)
45,79.249 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 18 71;9 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=19 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care. This diagnosis is used
in the calculation of the DRG.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU79249^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.19
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,19),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,19)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.19 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,19),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,19)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.19 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.19
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 18 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD18 (#1243), AICN (#833)
45,79.2491 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 19 71;10 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=20 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care. This diagnosis is used
in the calculation of the DRG.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU792491^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.2
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,20)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.2 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,20)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.2 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.2
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 19 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD19 (#1244), AICN (#833)
45,79.24911 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 20 71;11 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=21 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care. This diagnosis is used
in the calculation of the DRG.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU7924911^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.21
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,21),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,21)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.21 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,21),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,21)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.21 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.21
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 20 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD20 (#1245), AICN (#833)
45,79.24912 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 21 71;12 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=22 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care. This diagnosis is used
in the calculation of the DRG.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU7924912^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.22
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,22),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,22)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.22 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,22),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,22)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.22 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.22
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 21 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD21 (#1246), AICN (#833)
45,79.24913 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 22 71;13 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=23 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care. This diagnosis is used
in the calculation of the DRG.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU7924913^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.23
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,23),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,23)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.23 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,23),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,23)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.23 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.23
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 22 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD22 (#1247), AICN (#833)
45,79.24914 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 23 71;14 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=24 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care. This diagnosis is used
in the calculation of the DRG.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU7924914^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.24
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,24),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,24)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.24 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,24),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,24)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.24 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.24
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 23 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD23 (#1248), AICN (#833)
45,79.24915 SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 24 71;15 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: N DGI S DGI=25 D GETAPI^DGICDGT("DG PTF","DIAG",$G(DA),"EN3")
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter an ICD diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a diagnosis for the patient during this episode of care. This diagnosis is used
in the calculation of the DRG.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU7924915^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^DGPT(DA,0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^D
GRUDD01(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^45^82.25
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,25),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,25)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.25 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,82)):^(82),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,25),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DGPT(DIV(0),82)),DIV=X S $P(^(82),U,25)=DIV,DIH=45,DIG=82.25 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #82.25
When SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 24 field is deleted or changed, delete the associated POA indicator field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDSD24 (#1249), AICN (#833)
45,79.25 TREATED FOR SC CONDITION 70;25 SET
'1' FOR YES;
'2' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: MAR 22, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: The Patient care must be SC related
45,79.26 TREATED FOR AO CONDITION 70;26 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DGFLAG=1 D 701^DGPTSPQ K:DGER X K DGER,DGFLAG
LAST EDITED: MAR 23, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: The Patient must have Agent Orange exposure indicated!
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45,79.27 TREATED FOR IR CONDITION 70;27 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DGFLAG=2 D 701^DGPTSPQ K:DGER X K DGER,DGFLAG
LAST EDITED: MAR 23, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: The Patient must have Ionizing Radiation exposure indicated!
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45,79.28 EXPOSED TO SW ASIA CONDITIONS 70;28 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DGFLAG=3 D 701^DGPTSPQ K:DGER X K DGER,DGFLAG
LAST EDITED: JUN 26, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Treatment related to service in SW Asia.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45,79.29 TREATMENT FOR MST 70;29 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: JUN 18, 1998
DESCRIPTION:
Was the treatment related to Military Sexual Trauma.
45,79.3 TREATMENT FOR HEAD/NECK CA 70;30 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: JUL 31, 2001
DESCRIPTION:
Was the treatment related to Head and/or Neck Cancer.
45,79.31 POTENTIALLY RELATED TO COMBAT 70;31 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: NOV 10, 2003
DESCRIPTION: Indicate if inpatient stay at this location may be related to military service in combat and not
from cause other than military service in combat operations (congenital, developmental, pre-service
existing conditions, or conditions having specific and well-established etiology that began after
military combat service, i.e. bone fractures occuring after separation date, common colds, etc).
This information is copied from the movement records.
45,79.32 TREATMENT FOR SHAD 70;32 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: MAY 18, 2005
DESCRIPTION: Was the treatment related to Project 112/SHAD.
Project 112/SHAD was the name of the overall program for both shipboard and land-based biological
and chemical testing that was conducted by the United States (U.S.) military between 1962 and 1973.
Project SHAD (Shipboard Hazard and Defense) was the shipboard portion of these tests.
45,79.33 TRT FOR ACUTE SUICIDAL CRISIS 70;33 SET (BOOLEAN Data Type)
LAST EDITED: MAR 20, 2024
DESCRIPTION: Indicates whether the patient's inpatient stay is treatment related to the Acute Suicidal Crisis.
These co-pays will be covered by the COMPACT Act if the patient is administratively eligible and it
is clinically determined that the patient is in Acute Suicidal Crisis.
This field aligns to the prompt "Admitted for Acute Suicidal Crisis?" even though the field name is
different from the prompt text.
45,80 PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSIS pre 1986 70;11 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
INPUT TRANSFORM: D ICDEN^DGPTF5 Q:X="" S DIC("S")="I '$P(^ICD9(+Y,0),U,9)" S DIC(0)=$P(DIC(0),"E")_$P(DIC(0),"E",2)
D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the diagnosis responsible for the patient being admitted to the medical center.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the diagnosis responsible for the patient being admitted to the medical center.
This field is not used in the calculation of the DRG. This field is no longer used.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I '$P(^ICD9(+Y,0),U,9)" S DIC(0)=$P(DIC(0),"E")_$P(DIC(0),"E",2)
EXPLANATION: NOT AN INACTIVATED CODE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 45^ADGRU80^MUMPS
1)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^(0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^DGRUDD01
(DG1)
2)= N DG1 S DG1=$P(^(0),"^",1) N X S X="DGRUDD01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") Q:'$T D:(+DG1>0) ADGRU^DGRUDD01
(DG1)
Create a ADT/HL7 PIVOT (#391.71) entry when diagnosis changes
RECORD INDEXES: ACRDPDX (#401), AICN (#833)
45,82.01 POA PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSIS 82;1 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,70,10) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for the Principal Diagnosis.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for the Principal Diagnosis. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR: Per a decision by the ADT SME on 8/9/2012 a null value of POA will be considered a Y, present on
the time of inpatient admission, for calculation of a DRG and for transmission to AITC. This is
because the COTS software used to do PTF does not upload the POA.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSIS field of the PTF File
45,82.02 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 1 82;2 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,70,16) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 1.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 1. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR: Per a decision by the ADT SME on 8/9/2012 a null value of POA will be considered a Y, present on
the time of inpatient admission, for calculation of a DRG and for transmission to AITC. This is
because the COTS software used to do PTF does not upload the POA.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 1 field of the PTF File
45,82.03 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 2 82;3 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,70,17) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 2.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 2. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR: Per a decision by the ADT SME on 8/9/2012 a null value of POA will be considered a Y, present on
the time of inpatient admission, for calculation of a DRG and for transmission to AITC. This is
because the COTS software used to do PTF does not upload the POA.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 2 field of the PTF File
45,82.04 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 3 82;4 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,70,18) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 3.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 3. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR: Per a decision by the ADT SME on 8/9/2012 a null value of POA will be considered a Y, present on
the time of inpatient admission, for calculation of a DRG and for transmission to AITC. This is
because the COTS software used to do PTF does not upload the POA.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 3 field of the PTF File
45,82.05 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 4 82;5 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,70,19) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 4.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 4. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR: Per a decision by the ADT SME on 8/9/2012 a null value of POA will be considered a Y, present on
the time of inpatient admission, for calculation of a DRG and for transmission to AITC. This is
because the COTS software used to do PTF does not upload the POA.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 4 field of the PTF File
45,82.06 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 5 82;6 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,70,20) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 5.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 5. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR: Per a decision by the ADT SME on 8/9/2012 a null value of POA will be considered a Y, present on
the time of inpatient admission, for calculation of a DRG and for transmission to AITC. This is
because the COTS software used to do PTF does not upload the POA.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 5 field of the PTF File
45,82.07 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 6 82;7 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,70,21) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 6.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 6. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR: Per a decision by the ADT SME on 8/9/2012 a null value of POA will be considered a Y, present on
the time of inpatient admission, for calculation of a DRG and for transmission to AITC. This is
because the COTS software used to do PTF does not upload the POA.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 6 field of the PTF File
45,82.08 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 7 82;8 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,70,22) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 7.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 7. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR: Per a decision by the ADT SME on 8/9/2012 a null value of POA will be considered a Y, present on
the time of inpatient admission, for calculation of a DRG and for transmission to AITC. This is
because the COTS software used to do PTF does not upload the POA.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 7 field of the PTF File
45,82.09 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 8 82;9 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,70,23) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 8.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 8. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR: Per a decision by the ADT SME on 8/9/2012 a null value of POA will be considered a Y, present on
the time of inpatient admission, for calculation of a DRG and for transmission to AITC. This is
because the COTS software used to do PTF does not upload the POA.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 8 field of the PTF File
45,82.1 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 9 82;10 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,70,24) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 9.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 9. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR: Per a decision by the ADT SME on 8/9/2012 a null value of POA will be considered a Y, present on
the time of inpatient admission, for calculation of a DRG and for transmission to AITC. This is
because the COTS software used to do PTF does not upload the POA.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 9 field of the PTF File
45,82.11 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 10 82;11 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,71,1) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 10.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 10. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR: Per a decision by the ADT SME on 8/9/2012 a null value of POA will be considered a Y, present on
the time of inpatient admission, for calculation of a DRG and for transmission to AITC. This is
because the COTS software used to do PTF does not upload the POA.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 10 field of the PTF File
45,82.12 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 11 82;12 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,71,2) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 11.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 11. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR: Per a decision by the ADT SME on 8/9/2012 a null value of POA will be considered a Y, present on
the time of inpatient admission, for calculation of a DRG and for transmission to AITC. This is
because the COTS software used to do PTF does not upload the POA.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 11 field of the PTF File
45,82.13 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 12 82;13 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,71,3) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 12.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 12. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR: Per a decision by the ADT SME on 8/9/2012 a null value of POA will be considered a Y, present on
the time of inpatient admission, for calculation of a DRG and for transmission to AITC. This is
because the COTS software used to do PTF does not upload the POA.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 12 field of the PTF File
45,82.14 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 13 82;14 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,71,4) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 13.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 13. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR: Per a decision by the ADT SME on 8/9/2012 a null value of POA will be considered a Y, present on
the time of inpatient admission, for calculation of a DRG and for transmission to AITC. This is
because the COTS software used to do PTF does not upload the POA.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 13 field of the PTF File
45,82.15 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 14 82;15 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,71,5) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 14.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 14. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
TECHNICAL DESCR: Per a decision by the ADT SME on 8/9/2012 a null value of POA will be considered a Y, present on
the time of inpatient admission, for calculation of a DRG and for transmission to AITC. This is
because the COTS software used to do PTF does not upload the POA.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 14 field of the PTF File
45,82.16 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 15 82;16 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,71,6) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 15.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 15. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 15 field of the PTF File
45,82.17 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 16 82;17 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,71,7) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 16.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 16. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 16 field of the PTF File
45,82.18 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 17 82;18 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,71,8) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 17.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 17. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 17 field of the PTF File
45,82.19 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 18 82;19 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,71,9) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 18.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 18. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 18 field of the PTF File
45,82.2 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 19 82;20 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,71,10) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 19.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 19. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 19 field of the PTF File
45,82.21 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 20 82;21 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,71,11) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 20.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 20. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 20 field of the PTF File
45,82.22 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 21 82;22 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,71,12) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 21.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 21. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 21 field of the PTF File
45,82.23 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 22 82;23 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,71,13) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 22.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 22. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 22 field of the PTF File
45,82.24 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 23 82;24 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,71,14) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 23.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 23. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 23 field of the PTF File
45,82.25 POA SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 24 82;25 SET
'Y' FOR Present on Admission;
'N' FOR Not Present on Admission;
'U' FOR Insufficient Docum to Present on Admission;
'W' FOR Can't Determine if Present on Admission;
'1' FOR Exempt;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I X]"",$G(DA) K:'$$POA701^DGPTFUT1(X,DA,71,15) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Apply the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 24.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Present on Admission (POA) indicator for Secondary Diagnosis 24. One of the following
values should be assigned in accordance with the official coding guidelines:
Y = present on the time of inpatient admission;
N = not present on the time of inpatient admission;
U = documentation is insufficient to determine if condition is
present on admission;
W = provider is unable to clinically determine whether condition
was present on admission or not
1 = exempt
"" = null, no POA entered, user pressed
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 24 field of the PTF File
45,99 TERMINAL DIGIT ; COMPUTED
MUMPS CODE: X ^DD(45,99,9.2) S X=Y(45,99,101) S D0=I(0,0)
9.2 = S I(0,0)=$S($D(D0):D0,1:""),Y(45,99,1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,0)):^(0),1:""),D0=$P(Y(45,99,1),U,1) S:
'$D(^DPT(+D0,0)) D0=-1 X $P(^DD(2,.0901,0),U,5,99) S Y(45,99,101)=X
ALGORITHM: PATIENT:TERMINAL DIGIT
LAST EDITED: JUL 18, 1985
DESCRIPTION:
Computed field to determine the last four digits of the SSN
45,100 CODING CLERK 1;0 POINTER Multiple #45.03 (Add New Entry without Asking)
DESCRIPTION: Multiple contains information on the coding clerk who worked on the PTF record for this episode of
care.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
45.03,.01 CODING CLERK 0;1 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: SEP 22, 1990
DESCRIPTION:
Coding clerk who worked on the PTF record for this episode of care (closing it out).
45,101.07 INCOME 101;7 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>999999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 1991
HELP-PROMPT: Type a Number between 0 and 999999, 0 Decimal Digits
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the patient's income as reported for the MEANS TEST if applicable or the income
is calculated from fields in the PATIENT file (#2).
45,200 CENSUS YEAR CEN;0 DATE Multiple #45.04 (Add New Entry without Asking)
DESCRIPTION:
Multiple containing information on the census year
45.04,.01 CENSUS YEAR 0;1 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) K:+$E(X,4,5) X I $D(X) S DINUM=X
LAST EDITED: NOV 05, 1985
DESCRIPTION:
Fiscal Year that the patient census was conducted.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45.04,2 DATE TRANSMITTED 0;2 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: NOV 05, 1985
DESCRIPTION:
Date/time the census record for an episode of care was transmitted.
45.04,3 MESSAGE 0;3 POINTER TO MESSAGE FILE (#3.9)
LAST EDITED: NOV 06, 1985
DESCRIPTION:
E-mail message received by transmitting clerk that record was indeed transmitted.
45,300.01 KIDNEY SOURCE 300;1 SET
'1' FOR Live Donor;
'2' FOR Cadaver;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DGFLAG=1 D 401^DGPTSC01 K:DGER X K DGFLAG,DGER
LAST EDITED: MAY 15, 1991
DESCRIPTION:
This field will indicate where the transplanted organ was received from.
TECHNICAL DESCR: The process for loading this field consist of the following steps: 1) Load the DGPTIT array with
the ICD codes from the PTF <401>, <501> or the <701> screen. 2) Scan the DGPTIT array for codes
that require additional information. The PTF EXPANDED CODE FILE contains all ICD's that require
special processing. If a match is made an entry is made in the DGBPC array. 3) If the DGBPC array
exist then additional questions are required to complete the data entry for a particular ICD. This
flag is then used to prompt the user for any additional information.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45,300.02 SUICIDE/SELF INFLICT INDICATOR 300;2 SET
'1' FOR Attempted Suicide;
'2' FOR Accomplished Suicide;
'3' FOR Self Inflicted Injury;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DGFLAG=2 D 701^DGPTSC01 K:DGER X K DGER,DGFLAG
LAST EDITED: MAR 05, 1993
DESCRIPTION:
This field will indicated if a suicide was attempted or accomplished.
TECHNICAL DESCR: The process for loading this field consist of the following steps: 1) Load the DGPTIT array with
the ICD codes from the PTF <401>, <501> or the <701> screen. 2) Scan the DGPTIT array for codes
that require additional information. The PTF EXPANDED CODE FILE contains all ICD's that require
special processing. If a match is made an entry is made in the DGBPC array. 3) If the DGBPC array
exist then additional questions are required to complete the data entry for a particular ICD. This
flag is then used to prompt the user for any additional information.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45,300.03 LEGIONNAIRE'S DISEASE 300;3 SET
'1' FOR Yes;
'2' FOR No;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DGFLAG=3 D 701^DGPTSC01 K:DGER X K DGER,DGFLAG
LAST EDITED: AUG 16, 1991
DESCRIPTION:
This field will indicated the patient was treated for Legionnaire's Disease.
TECHNICAL DESCR: The process for loading this field consist of the following steps: 1) Load the DGPTIT array with
the ICD codes from the PTF <401>, <501> or the <701> screen. 2) Scan the DGPTIT array for codes
that require additional information. The PTF EXPANDED CODE FILE contains all ICD's that require
special processing. If a match is made an entry is made in the DGBPC array. 3) If the DGBPC array
exist then additional questions are required to complete the data entry for a particular ICD. This
flag is then used to prompt the user for any additional information.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45,300.04 SUBSTANCE ABUSE 300;4 POINTER TO PTF ABUSED SUBSTANCE FILE (#45.61)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DGFLAG=4 D 701^DGPTSC01 K:DGER X K DGFLAG,DGER
LAST EDITED: MAY 15, 1991
DESCRIPTION:
Select type of substance abused by the patient.
TECHNICAL DESCR: The process for loading this field consist of the following steps: 1) Load the DGPTIT array with
the ICD codes from the PTF <401>, <501> or the <701> screen. 2) Scan the DGPTIT array for codes
that require additional information. The PTF EXPANDED CODE FILE contains all ICD's that require
special processing. If a match is made an entry is made in the DGBPC array. 3) If the DGBPC array
exist then additional questions are required to complete the data entry for a particular ICD. This
flag is then used to prompt the user for any additional information.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45,300.05 PSYCHIATRY CLASS. SEVERITY 300;5 SET
'0' FOR INADEQUATE INFORMATION OR NO CHANGE IN CONDITION;
'1' FOR NONE;
'2' FOR MILD;
'3' FOR MODERATE;
'4' FOR SEVERE;
'5' FOR EXTREME;
'6' FOR CATASTROPHIC;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DGFLAG=5 D 701^DGPTSC01 K:DGER X K DGFLAG,DGER
LAST EDITED: MAY 15, 1991
DESCRIPTION: Enter a one-digit rating from 0 (inadequate information/unchanged) through 6 (catastrophic). This
field contains a rating indicating maximal stress.
TECHNICAL DESCR: The process for loading this field consist of the following steps: 1) Load the DGPTIT array with
the ICD codes from the PTF <401>, <501> or the <701> screen. 2) Scan the DGPTIT array for codes
that require additional information. The PTF EXPANDED CODE FILE contains all ICD's that require
special processing. If a match is made an entry is made in the DGBPC array. 3) If the DGBPC array
exist then additional questions are required to complete the data entry for a particular ICD. This
flag is then used to prompt the user for any additional information.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45,300.06 CURRENT FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMENT 300;6 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DGFLAG=6 D 701^DGPTSC01 S:DGER X="" K DGER,DGFLAG K:+X'=X!(X>90)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 26, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Type a Number between 1 and 90, 0 Decimal Digits
DESCRIPTION: CODE TERMINOLOGY
90 TO 81 ABSENT OR MINIMAL SYMPTOMS
80 TO 71 IF SYMPTOMS ARE PRESENT, THEY ARE TRANSIENT AND
EXPECTABLE REACTIONS TO PSYCHOSOCIAL STRESSORS
70 TO 61 SOME MILD SYMPTOMS OR SOME DIFFICULTY IN
SOCIAL, OCCUPATIONAL OR SCHOOL FUNCTIONING
60 TO 51 MODERATE SYMPTOMS OR MODERATE DIFFICULTY IN
SOCIAL, OCCUPATIONAL OR SCHOOL FUNCTIONING
50 TO 41 SERIOUS SYMPTOMS OR SERIOUS IMPAIRMENT IN
SOCIAL, OCCUPATIONAL OR SCHOOL FUNCTIONING
40 TO 31 SOME IMPAIRMENT IN REALITY TESTING OR
COMMUNICATION OR MAJOR IMPAIRMENT IN SEVERAL
AREAS, SUCH AS SCHOOL, FAMILY RELATIONS,
JUDGEMENT, THINKING OR MOOD
30 TO 21 SOME DANGER OR HURTING SELF OR OTHER OR
OCCASIONALLY FAILS TO MAINTAIN PERSONAL HYGIENE
OR GROSS IMPAIRMENT IN COMMUNICATION OR
JUDGEMENT OR INABILITY TO FUNCTION IN ALMOST
ALL AREAS
20 TO 11 SOME DANGER OF HURTING SELF OR OTHERS OR
OCCASIONALLY FAILS TO MAINTAIN MINIMAL PERSONAL
HYGIENE OR GROSS IMPAIRMENT IN COMMUNICATION
10 TO 1 PERSISTENT DANGER OF SEVERELY HURTING SELF OR
OTHERS OR PERSISTENT INABILITY TO MAINTAIN
MINIMAL PERSONAL HYGIENE OR SERIOUS SUICIDAL
ACT WITH CLEAR EXPECTATIONS OF DEATH
TECHNICAL DESCR: The process for loading this field consist of the following steps: 1) Load the DGPTIT array with
the ICD codes from the PTF <401>, <501> or the <701> screen. 2) Scan the DGPTIT array for codes
that require additional information. The PTF EXPANDED CODE FILE contains all ICD's that require
special processing. If a match is made an entry is made in the DGBPC array. 3) If the DGBPC array
exist then additional questions are required to complete the data entry for a particular ICD. This
flag is then used to prompt the user for any additional information.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45,300.07 HIGH LEVEL PSYCH CLASS 300;7 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DGFLAG=7 D 701^DGPTSC01 S:DGER X="" K DGER,DGFLAG K:+X'=X!(X>90)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 26, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Type a Number between 1 and 90, 0 Decimal Digits
DESCRIPTION: CODE TERMINOLOGY
90 TO 81 ABSENT OR MINIMAL SYMPTOMS
80 TO 71 IF SYMPTOMS ARE PRESENT, THEY ARE TRANSIENT AND
EXPECTABLE REACTIONS TO PSYCHOSOCIAL STRESSORS
70 TO 61 SOME MILD SYMPTOMS OR SOME DIFFICULTY IN
SOCIAL, OCCUPATIONAL OR SCHOOL FUNCTIONING
60 TO 51 MODERATE SYMPTOMS OR MODERATE DIFFICULTY IN
SOCIAL, OCCUPATIONAL OR SCHOOL FUNCTIONING
50 TO 41 SERIOUS SYMPTOMS OR SERIOUS IMPAIRMENT IN
SOCIAL, OCCUPATIONAL OR SCHOOL FUNCTIONING
40 TO 31 SOME IMPAIRMENT IN REALITY TESTING OR
COMMUNICATION OR MAJOR IMPAIRMENT IN SEVERAL
AREAS, SUCH AS SCHOOL, FAMILY RELATIONS,
JUDGEMENT, THINKING OR MOOD
30 TO 21 SOME DANGER OF HURTING SELF OR OTHERS OR
OCCASIONALLY FAILS TO MAINTAIN PERSONAL HYGIENE
OR GROSS IMPAIRMENT IN COMMUNICATION OR
JUDGEMENT OR INABILITY TO FUNCTION IN ALMOST
ALL AREAS
20 TO 11 SOME DANGER OF HURTING SELF OR OTHERS OR
OCCASIONALLY FAILS TO MAINTAIN MINIMAL PERSONAL
HYGIENE OR GROSS IMPAIRMENT IN COMMUNICATION
10 TO 1 PERSISTENT DANGER OF SEVERELY HURTING SELF OR
OTHERS OR PERSISTENT INABILITY TO MAINTAIN
MINIMAL PERSONAL HYGIENE OR SERIOUS SUICIDAL
ACT WITH CLEAR EXPECTATIONS OF DEATH
TECHNICAL DESCR: The process for loading this field consist of the following steps: 1) Load the DGPTIT array with
the ICD codes from the PTF <401>, <501> or the <701> screen. 2) Scan the DGPTIT array for codes
that require additional information. The PTF EXPANDED CODE FILE contains all ICD's that require
special processing. If a match is made an entry is made in the DGBPC array. 3) If the DGBPC array
exist then additional questions are required to complete the data entry for a particular ICD. This
flag is then used to prompt the user for any additional information.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
45,535 535 535;0 Multiple #45.0535
DESCRIPTION: This multiple contains all the ward specialty movements of a patient that occur during the
admission.
If a patient changed wards but the specialty of the two wards are the same then no entry in this
multiple is created.
IDENTIFIED BY: MOVEMENT DATE(#10), TRANSMIT FLAG(#17)
45.0535,.01 PHYSICAL MOVEMENT 0;1 NUMBER (Multiply asked)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>9999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 03, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Type a Number between 1 and 9999, 0 Decimal Digits
DESCRIPTION:
Computed generated movement number(1,2,3, etc.)
45.0535,2 LOSING WARD SPECIALTY 0;2 POINTER TO SPECIALTY FILE (#42.4)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIVE^DGACT(42.4,Y,$P(^DGPT(DA(1),535,DA,0),U,10))" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:
Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: JUL 31, 1995
DESCRIPTION:
Specialty of the ward losing the patient.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIVE^DGACT(42.4,Y,$P(^DGPT(DA(1),535,DA,0),U,10))"
EXPLANATION: Allows only active treating specialties.
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^45.0535^16
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,535,D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S
X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S DIU=X K Y X ^DD(45.0535,2,1,1,1.1) X ^DD(45.0535,2,1,1,1.4)
1.1)= S X=DIV S X=$S($D(^DIC(42.4,X,0)):$P(^(0),U,6),1:"")
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DGPT(DIV(0),535,DIV(1),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,16)=DIV,DIH=45.0535,DIG=
16 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DGPT(D0,535,D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S
X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(45.0535,2,1,1,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DGPT(DIV(0),535,DIV(1),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,16)=DIV,DIH=45.0535,DIG=
16 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$S($D(^DIC(42.4,X,0)):$P(^(0),U,6),1:"")
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= LOSING WARD CDR
45.0535,3 LEAVE DAYS 0;3 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>9999999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 03, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Type a Number between 0 and 9999999, 0 Decimal Digits
DESCRIPTION:
Number of leave days accumulated during movement.
45.0535,4 PASS DAYS 0;4 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>9999999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 04, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Type a Number between 0 and 9999999, 0 Decimal Digits
DESCRIPTION:
Number of pass days accumulated during movement.
45.0535,6 LOSING WARD 0;6 POINTER TO WARD LOCATION FILE (#42)
LAST EDITED: MAY 08, 1990
DESCRIPTION:
Name of the losing ward.
45.0535,7 DISCHARGE MOVEMENT 0;7 SET
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: MAY 16, 1990
DESCRIPTION:
This field indicates whether this movement is the final movement (ie. discharge) for the admission.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.0535^ADC
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),535,"ADC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),535,"ADC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
45.0535,10 MOVEMENT DATE 0;10 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="ETX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAY 15, 1990
DESCRIPTION:
This field holds the date and time of the movement.
CROSS-REFERENCE:45.0535^AM
1)= S ^DGPT(DA(1),535,"AM",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DGPT(DA(1),535,"AM",$E(X,1,30),DA)
45.0535,16 LOSING WARD CDR 0;16 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>9999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."3N.N) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 22, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Type a Number between 0 and 9999, 2 Decimal Digits
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the CDR number for the losing ward.
WRITE AUTHORITY:^
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the LOSING WARD SPECIALTY field of the 535 sub-field of the PTF File
45.0535,17 TRANSMIT FLAG 0;17 SET
'n' FOR NO, DO NOT TRANSMIT;
'y' FOR YES, TRANSMIT;
LAST EDITED: JUN 13, 1990
DESCRIPTION: This flag can be set to stop transmission of a 535 during PTF and census transmission. This flag
is only used when there are more than 25 535 movements. Austin can only accept 25 or less.
If no data is in this field then transmission does occur.
FILES POINTED TO FIELDS
CATEGORY OF BENEFICIARY (#45.82) CATEGORY OF BENEFICIARY (#23)
DRG (#80.2) 501:TRANSFER DRG (#20)
ELIGIBILITY CODE (#8) ADMITTING ELIGIBILITY (#20.1)
HOSPITAL LOCATION (#44) CPT RECORD DATE/TIME:RENDERING LOCATION (#.05)
ICD DIAGNOSIS (#80) PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSIS (#79)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 1 (#79.16)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 2 (#79.17)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 3 (#79.18)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 4 (#79.19)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 5 (#79.201)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 6 (#79.21)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 7 (#79.22)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 8 (#79.23)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 9 (#79.24)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 10 (#79.241)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 11 (#79.242)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 12 (#79.243)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 13 (#79.244)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 14 (#79.245)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 15 (#79.246)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 16 (#79.247)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 17 (#79.248)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 18 (#79.249)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 19 (#79.2491)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 20 (#79.24911)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 21 (#79.24912)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 22 (#79.24913)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 23 (#79.24914)
SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 24 (#79.24915)
PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSIS pre 1986 (#80)
501:ICD 1 (#5)
ICD 2 (#6)
ICD 3 (#7)
ICD 4 (#8)
ICD 5 (#9)
ICD 6 (#11)
ICD 7 (#12)
ICD 8 (#13)
ICD 9 (#14)
ICD 10 (#15)
ICD 11 (#81.01)
ICD 12 (#81.02)
ICD 13 (#81.03)
ICD 14 (#81.04)
ICD 15 (#81.05)
ICD 16 (#81.06)
ICD 17 (#81.07)
ICD 18 (#81.08)
ICD 19 (#81.09)
ICD 20 (#81.1)
ICD 21 (#81.11)
ICD 22 (#81.12)
ICD 23 (#81.13)
ICD 24 (#81.14)
ICD 25 (#81.15)
CPT RECORD DATE/TIME:PRIMARY DIAGNOSIS (#.04)
ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE (#80.1) PROCEDURE 1 (#45.01)
PROCEDURE 2 (#45.02)
PROCEDURE 3 (#45.03)
PROCEDURE 4 (#45.04)
PROCEDURE 5 (#45.05)
401:OPERATION CODE 1 (#8)
OPERATION CODE 2 (#9)
OPERATION CODE 3 (#10)
OPERATION CODE 4 (#11)
OPERATION CODE 5 (#12)
OPERATION CODE 6 (#13)
OPERATION CODE 7 (#14)
OPERATION CODE 8 (#15)
OPERATION CODE 9 (#16)
OPERATION CODE 10 (#17)
OPERATION CODE 11 (#18)
OPERATION CODE 12 (#19)
OPERATION CODE 13 (#20)
OPERATION CODE 14 (#21)
OPERATION CODE 15 (#22)
OPERATION CODE 16 (#23)
OPERATION CODE 17 (#24)
OPERATION CODE 18 (#25)
OPERATION CODE 19 (#26)
OPERATION CODE 20 (#27)
OPERATION CODE 21 (#28)
OPERATION CODE 22 (#29)
OPERATION CODE 23 (#30)
OPERATION CODE 24 (#31)
OPERATION CODE 25 (#32)
601:PROCEDURE CODE 1 (#4)
PROCEDURE CODE 2 (#5)
PROCEDURE CODE 3 (#6)
PROCEDURE CODE 4 (#7)
PROCEDURE CODE 5 (#8)
PROCEDURE CODE 6 (#9)
PROCEDURE CODE 7 (#10)
PROCEDURE CODE 8 (#11)
PROCEDURE CODE 9 (#12)
PROCEDURE CODE 10 (#13)
PROCEDURE CODE 11 (#14)
PROCEDURE CODE 12 (#15)
PROCEDURE CODE 13 (#16)
PROCEDURE CODE 14 (#17)
PROCEDURE CODE 15 (#18)
PROCEDURE CODE 16 (#19)
PROCEDURE CODE 17 (#20)
PROCEDURE CODE 18 (#21)
PROCEDURE CODE 19 (#22)
PROCEDURE CODE 20 (#23)
PROCEDURE CODE 21 (#24)
PROCEDURE CODE 22 (#25)
PROCEDURE CODE 23 (#26)
PROCEDURE CODE 24 (#27)
PROCEDURE CODE 25 (#28)
MESSAGE (#3.9) CENSUS YEAR:MESSAGE (#3)
NEW PERSON (#200) CLOSED OUT BY (#7)
PROVIDER (#79.1)
501:PROVIDER (#24)
CODING CLERK:CODING CLERK (#.01)
CPT RECORD DATE/TIME:REFERRING OR ORDERING PROVIDER (#.02)
RENDERING PROVIDER (#.03)
PATIENT (#2) PATIENT (#.01)
PLACE OF DISPOSITION (#45.6) PLACE OF DISPOSITION (#75)
PTF (#45) CORRESPONDING PTF RECORD (#12)
PTF ABUSED SUBSTANCE (#45.61) SUBSTANCE ABUSE (#300.04)
501:SUBSTANCE ABUSE (#300.04)
PTF CENSUS DATE (#45.86) CENSUS DATE (#13)
PTF CLOSE OUT (#45.84) CLOSE OUT FILE (#7.1)
PTF DIALYSIS TYPE (#45.4) 601:DIALYSIS TYPE (#2)
PTF TRANSFERRING FACILITY
(#45.2) *TRANSFERING FACILITY (#21)
*RECEIVING FACILITY (#76)
SOURCE OF ADMISSION (#45.1) SOURCE OF ADMISSION (#20)
SPECIALTY (#42.4) DISCHARGE SPECIALTY (#71)
501:LOSING SPECIALTY (#2)
601:SPECIALTY (#1)
535:LOSING WARD SPECIALTY (#2)
SURGICAL SPECIALTY (#45.3) 401:SURGICAL SPECIALTY (#3)
VISIT (#9000010) CPT RECORD DATE/TIME:VISIT NUMBER (#.06)
WARD LOCATION (#42) 535:LOSING WARD (#6)
File #45
Record Indexes:
ACRDDXLS (#1176) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is DXLS. If the TYPE OF RECORD is
CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"DXLS")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"DXLS")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSIS (45,79) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70)
ACRDPDX (#401) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is PDX. If the TYPE OF RECORD is
CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"PDX")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"PDX")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSIS pre 1986 (45,80) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70)
ACRDSD1 (#1187) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD1, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD1")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD1")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 1 (45,79.16) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70)
ACRDSD10 (#1188) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD10, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD10")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD10")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 10 (45,79.241) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70)
ACRDSD11 (#1189) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD11, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD11")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD11")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 11 (45,79.242) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70)
ACRDSD12 (#1190) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD12, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD12")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD12")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 12 (45,79.243) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70)
ACRDSD13 (#1191) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD13, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD13")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD13")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 13 (45,79.244) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70)
ACRDSD14 (#1239) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD14, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD14")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD14")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 14 (45,79.245) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70) (forwards)
ACRDSD15 (#1240) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD15, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD15")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD15")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 15 (45,79.246) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70) (forwards)
ACRDSD16 (#1241) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD16, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD16")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD16")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 16 (45,79.247) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70) (forwards)
ACRDSD17 (#1242) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD17, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD17")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD17")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 17 (45,79.248) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70) (forwards)
ACRDSD18 (#1243) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD18, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD18")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD18")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 18 (45,79.249) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70) (forwards)
ACRDSD19 (#1244) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD19, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD19")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD19")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 19 (45,79.2491) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70) (forwards)
ACRDSD2 (#1192) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD2, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD2")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD2")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 2 (45,79.17) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70)
ACRDSD20 (#1245) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD20, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD20")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD20")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 20 (45,79.24911) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70) (forwards)
ACRDSD21 (#1246) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD21, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD21")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD21")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 21 (45,79.24912) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70) (forwards)
ACRDSD22 (#1247) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD22, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD22")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD22")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 22 (45,79.24913) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70) (forwards)
ACRDSD23 (#1248) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD23, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD23")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD23")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 23 (45,79.24914) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70) (forwards)
ACRDSD24 (#1249) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD24, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD24")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD24")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 24 (45,79.24915) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70) (forwards)
ACRDSD3 (#1193) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD3, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD3")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD3")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 3 (45,79.18) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70)
ACRDSD4 (#1194) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD4, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD4")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD4")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 4 (45,79.19) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70)
ACRDSD5 (#1195) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD5, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD5")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD5")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 5 (45,79.201) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70)
ACRDSD6 (#1196) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD6, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD6")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD6")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 6 (45,79.21) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70)
ACRDSD7 (#1197) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD7, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD7")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD7")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 7 (45,79.22) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70)
ACRDSD8 (#1198) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD8, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD8")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD8")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 8 (45,79.23) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70)
ACRDSD9 (#1199) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the discharge date. If it does not exist then the admission date
is used. NAME is the name of the field where the code is stored. An example is D SD9, where D SD signifies it
is a discharge secondary diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD9")
Kill Logic: D KPTFDD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"D SD9")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): ADMISSION DATE (45,2) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
X(3): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (Subscr 3) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 9 (45,79.24) (Subscr 4) (forwards)
X(5): DISCHARGE DATE (45,70)
AICN (#833) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Notify packages of ICD diagnosis code change.
Description: This cross-reference will notify subscribing packages via protocol DG PTF ICD DIAGNOSIS NOTIFIER when an ICD
diagnosis code is added, edited or removed.
Set Logic: D NOTIFY^DGPTDD(.X1,.X2,.DA,45,"DISCHARGE","SET")
Kill Logic: D NOTIFY^DGPTDD(.X1,.X2,.DA,45,"DISCHARGE","KILL")
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01) (forwards)
X(2): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11) (forwards)
X(3): PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSIS (45,79) (forwards)
X(4): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 1 (45,79.16) (forwards)
X(5): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 2 (45,79.17) (forwards)
X(6): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 3 (45,79.18) (forwards)
X(7): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 4 (45,79.19) (forwards)
X(8): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 5 (45,79.201) (forwards)
X(9): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 6 (45,79.21) (forwards)
X(10): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 7 (45,79.22) (forwards)
X(11): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 8 (45,79.23) (forwards)
X(12): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 9 (45,79.24) (forwards)
X(13): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 10 (45,79.241) (forwards)
X(14): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 11 (45,79.242) (forwards)
X(15): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 12 (45,79.243) (forwards)
X(16): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 13 (45,79.244) (forwards)
X(17): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 14 (45,79.245) (forwards)
X(18): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 15 (45,79.246) (forwards)
X(19): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 16 (45,79.247) (forwards)
X(20): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 17 (45,79.248) (forwards)
X(21): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 18 (45,79.249) (forwards)
X(22): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 19 (45,79.2491) (forwards)
X(23): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 20 (45,79.24911) (forwards)
X(24): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 21 (45,79.24912) (forwards)
X(25): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 22 (45,79.24913) (forwards)
X(26): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 23 (45,79.24914) (forwards)
X(27): SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS 24 (45,79.24915) (forwards)
X(28): PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSIS pre 1986 (45,80) (forwards)
AICP (#854) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Notify packages of ICD procedure code change.
Description: This cross-reference will notify subscribing packages via protocol DG PTF ICD PROCEDURE NOTIFIER when an ICD
procedure code is added, edited, or removed.
Set Logic: D NOTIFYP^DGPTDD(.X1,.X2,.DA,45,"DISCHARGE","SET")
Kill Logic: D NOTIFYP^DGPTDD(.X1,.X2,.DA,45,"DISCHARGE","KILL")
Whole Kill: Q
X(1): PATIENT (45,.01)
X(2): TYPE OF RECORD (45,11)
X(3): PROCEDURE 1 (45,45.01)
X(4): PROCEDURE 2 (45,45.02)
X(5): PROCEDURE 3 (45,45.03)
X(6): PROCEDURE 4 (45,45.04)
X(7): PROCEDURE 5 (45,45.05)
Subfile #45.01
Record Indexes:
ACRPS1 (#1205) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S1 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 1. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",1)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",1)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 1 (45.01,8) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS10 (#1270) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S10 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 10. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",10)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",10)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 10 (45.01,17) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS11 (#1271) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S11 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 11. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",11)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",11)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 11 (45.01,18) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS12 (#1272) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S12 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 12. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",12)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",12)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 12 (45.01,19) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS13 (#1273) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S13 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 13. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",13)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",13)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 13 (45.01,20) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS14 (#1274) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S14 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 14. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",14)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",14)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 14 (45.01,21) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS15 (#1275) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S15 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 15. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",15)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",15)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 15 (45.01,22) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS16 (#1276) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S16 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 16. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",16)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",16)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 16 (45.01,23) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS17 (#1277) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S17 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 17. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",17)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",17)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 17 (45.01,24) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS18 (#1278) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S18 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 18. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",18)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",18)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 18 (45.01,25) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS19 (#1279) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S19 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 19. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",19)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",19)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 19 (45.01,26) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS2 (#1206) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S2 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 2. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",2)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",2)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 2 (45.01,9) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS20 (#1280) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S20 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 20. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",20)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",20)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 20 (45.01,27) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS21 (#1281) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S21 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 21. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",21)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",21)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 21 (45.01,28) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS22 (#1282) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S22 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 22. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",22)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",22)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 22 (45.01,29) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS23 (#1283) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S23 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 23. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",23)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",23)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 23 (45.01,30) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS24 (#1284) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S24 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 24. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",24)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",24)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 24 (45.01,31) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS25 (#1285) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S25 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 25. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",25)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",25)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 25 (45.01,32) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS3 (#1207) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S3 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 3. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",3)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",3)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 3 (45.01,10) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS4 (#1208) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S4 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 4. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",4)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",4)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 4 (45.01,11) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS5 (#1209) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S5 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 5. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",5)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",5)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 5 (45.01,12) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS6 (#1286) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S6 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 6. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",6)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",6)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 6 (45.01,13) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS7 (#1287) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S7 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 7. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",7)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",7)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 7 (45.01,14) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS8 (#1288) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S8 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 8. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",8)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",8)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 8 (45.01,15) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPS9 (#1289) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is S (for surgery) followed by
operation code number. For example, S9 means it was found on the S node and it was Operation Code 9. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",9)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"S",9)
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 9 (45.01,16) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
AICPS (#877) RECORD MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: Notify packages of ICD diagnosis code change.
Description: This cross-reference will notify subscribing packages via protocol DG PTF ICD PROCEDURE NOTIFIER when an ICD
procedure code is added, edited, or removed.
Set Logic: D NOTIFYP^DGPTDD(.X1,.X2,.DA,45,"SURGERY","SET")
Kill Logic: D NOTIFYP^DGPTDD(.X1,.X2,.DA,45,"SURGERY","KILL")
Whole Kill: Q
X(1): SURGERY/PROCEDURE DATE (45.01,.01)
X(2): OPERATION CODE 1 (45.01,8)
X(3): OPERATION CODE 2 (45.01,9)
X(4): OPERATION CODE 3 (45.01,10)
X(5): OPERATION CODE 4 (45.01,11)
X(6): OPERATION CODE 5 (45.01,12)
X(7): OPERATION CODE 6 (45.01,13)
X(8): OPERATION CODE 7 (45.01,14)
X(9): OPERATION CODE 8 (45.01,15)
X(10): OPERATION CODE 9 (45.01,16)
X(11): OPERATION CODE 10 (45.01,17)
X(12): OPERATION CODE 11 (45.01,18)
X(13): OPERATION CODE 12 (45.01,19)
X(14): OPERATION CODE 13 (45.01,20)
X(15): OPERATION CODE 14 (45.01,21)
X(16): OPERATION CODE 15 (45.01,22)
X(17): OPERATION CODE 16 (45.01,23)
X(18): OPERATION CODE 17 (45.01,24)
X(19): OPERATION CODE 18 (45.01,25)
X(20): OPERATION CODE 19 (45.01,26)
X(21): OPERATION CODE 20 (45.01,27)
X(22): OPERATION CODE 21 (45.01,28)
X(23): OPERATION CODE 22 (45.01,29)
X(24): OPERATION CODE 23 (45.01,30)
X(25): OPERATION CODE 24 (45.01,31)
X(26): OPERATION CODE 25 (45.01,32)
Subfile #45.02
Record Indexes:
ACRDM1 (#1177) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD1, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS
then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD1")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD1")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 1 (45.02,5) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM10 (#1178) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD10, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is
CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD10")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD10")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 10 (45.02,15) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM11 (#1224) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD11, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is
CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD11")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD11")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 11 (45.02,81.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM12 (#1225) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD12, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is
CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD12")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD12")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 12 (45.02,81.02) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM13 (#1226) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD13, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is
CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD13")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD13")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 13 (45.02,81.03) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM14 (#1227) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD14, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is
CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD14")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD14")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 14 (45.02,81.04) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM15 (#1228) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD15, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is
CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD15")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD15")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 15 (45.02,81.05) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM16 (#1229) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD4, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS
then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD16")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD16")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 16 (45.02,81.06) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM17 (#1230) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD17, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is
CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD17")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD17")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 17 (45.02,81.07) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM18 (#1231) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD18, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is
CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD18")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD18")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 18 (45.02,81.08) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM19 (#1232) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD19, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is
CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD19")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD19")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 19 (45.02,81.09) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM2 (#1179) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD2, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS
then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD2")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD2")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10) (forwards)
X(2): ICD 2 (45.02,6) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM20 (#1233) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD20, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is
CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD20")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD20")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 20 (45.02,81.1) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM21 (#1234) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD21, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is
CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD21")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD21")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 21 (45.02,81.11) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM22 (#1235) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD22, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is
CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD22")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD22")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 22 (45.02,81.12) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM23 (#1236) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD23, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is
CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD23")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD23")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 23 (45.02,81.13) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM24 (#1237) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD24, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is
CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD24")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD24")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 24 (45.02,81.14) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM25 (#1238) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD25, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is
CENSUS then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD25")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD25")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 25 (45.02,81.15) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM3 (#1180) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD3, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS
then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD3")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD3")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 3 (45.02,7) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM4 (#1181) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD4, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS
then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD4")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD4")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 4 (45.02,8) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM5 (#1182) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD5, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS
then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD5")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD5")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 5 (45.02,9) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM6 (#1183) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD6, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS
then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD6")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD6")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 6 (45.02,11) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM7 (#1184) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD7, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS
then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD7")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD7")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 7 (45.02,12) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM8 (#1185) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD8, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS
then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD8")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD8")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 8 (45.02,13) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
ACRDM9 (#1186) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD diagnosis code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD diagnosis code and
one for finding all the ICD diagnosis codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NAME,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NAME,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the movement date. NAME is the name of the field where the code
is stored. An example is M ICD9, where M signifies it is a movement diagnosis. If the TYPE OF RECORD is CENSUS
then the entry is not indexed. For complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical
Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD9")
Kill Logic: D KPTFMD^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"M ICD9")
X(1): MOVEMENT DATE (45.02,10)
X(2): ICD 9 (45.02,14) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
AICNM (#835) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Notify packages of ICD diagnosis code change.
Description: This cross-reference will notify subscribing packages via protocol DG PTF ICD DIAGNOSIS NOTIFIER when an ICD
diagnosis code is added, edited or removed.
Set Logic: D NOTIFY^DGPTDD(.X1,.X2,.DA,45,"MOVEMENT","SET")
Kill Logic: D NOTIFY^DGPTDD(.X1,.X2,.DA,45,"MOVEMENT","KILL")
X(1): MOVEMENT RECORD (45.02,.01) (forwards)
X(2): ICD 1 (45.02,5) (forwards)
X(3): ICD 2 (45.02,6) (forwards)
X(4): ICD 3 (45.02,7) (forwards)
X(5): ICD 4 (45.02,8) (forwards)
X(6): ICD 5 (45.02,9) (forwards)
X(7): ICD 6 (45.02,11) (forwards)
X(8): ICD 7 (45.02,12) (forwards)
X(9): ICD 8 (45.02,13) (forwards)
X(10): ICD 9 (45.02,14) (forwards)
X(11): ICD 10 (45.02,15) (forwards)
X(12): ICD 11 (45.02,81.01) (forwards)
X(13): ICD 12 (45.02,81.02) (forwards)
X(14): ICD 13 (45.02,81.03) (forwards)
X(15): ICD 14 (45.02,81.04) (forwards)
X(16): ICD 15 (45.02,81.05) (forwards)
X(17): ICD 16 (45.02,81.06) (forwards)
X(18): ICD 17 (45.02,81.07) (forwards)
X(19): ICD 18 (45.02,81.08) (forwards)
X(20): ICD 19 (45.02,81.09) (forwards)
X(21): ICD 20 (45.02,81.1) (forwards)
X(22): ICD 21 (45.02,81.11) (forwards)
X(23): ICD 22 (45.02,81.12) (forwards)
X(24): ICD 23 (45.02,81.13) (forwards)
X(25): ICD 24 (45.02,81.14) (forwards)
X(26): ICD 25 (45.02,81.15) (forwards)
Subfile #45.05
Record Indexes:
ACRPP1 (#1200) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P1 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 1. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",1)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",1)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 1 (45.05,4) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP10 (#1250) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P10 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 10. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",10)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",10)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 10 (45.05,13) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP11 (#1251) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P11 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 11. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",11)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",11)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 11 (45.05,14) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP12 (#1252) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P12 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 12. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",12)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",12)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 12 (45.05,15) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP13 (#1253) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P13 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 13. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",13)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",13)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 13 (45.05,16) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP14 (#1254) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P14 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 14. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",14)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",14)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 14 (45.05,17) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP15 (#1255) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P15 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 15. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",15)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",15)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 15 (45.05,18) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP16 (#1256) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P16 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 16. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",16)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",16)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 16 (45.05,19) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP17 (#1257) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P17 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 17. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",17)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",17)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 17 (45.05,20) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP18 (#1258) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P18 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 18. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",18)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",18)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 18 (45.05,21) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP19 (#1259) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P19 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 19. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",19)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",19)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 19 (45.05,22) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP2 (#1201) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P2 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 2. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",2)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",2)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 2 (45.05,5) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP20 (#1260) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P20 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 20. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",20)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",20)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 20 (45.05,23) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP21 (#1261) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P21 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 21. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",21)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",21)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 21 (45.05,24) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP22 (#1262) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P22 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 22. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",22)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",22)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 22 (45.05,25) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP23 (#1263) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P23 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 23. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",23)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",23)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 23 (45.05,26) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP24 (#1264) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P24 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 24. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",24)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",24)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 24 (45.05,27) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP25 (#1265) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P25 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 25. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",25)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",25)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 25 (45.05,28) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP3 (#1202) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P3 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 3. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",3)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",3)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 3 (45.05,6) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP4 (#1203) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P4 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 4. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",4)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",4)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 4 (45.05,7) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP5 (#1204) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P5 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 5. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",5)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",5)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 5 (45.05,8) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP6 (#1266) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P6 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 6. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",6)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",6)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 6 (45.05,9) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP7 (#1267) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P7 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 7. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",7)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",7)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 7 (45.05,10) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP8 (#1268) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P8 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 8. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",8)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",8)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 8 (45.05,11) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
ACRPP9 (#1269) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Clinical Reminders Index for ICD procedure code lookup.
Description: This cross-reference builds two indexes, one for finding all patients with a particular ICD procedure code and
one for finding all the ICD procedure codes a patient has. The indexes are stored in the Clinical Reminders
Index global as:
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"INP",CODE,NODE,DFN,DATE,DAS) and
^PXRMINDX(45,CODESYS,"PNI",DFN,NODE,CODE,DATE,DAS) respectively. CODESYS is the standard three-character
abbreviation for the coding system. DATE is the surgery/procedure date. NODE is P (for procedure) followed by
procedure code number. For example, P9 means it was found on the P node and it was Procedure Code 9. For
complete details, see the Clinical Reminders Index Technical Guide/Programmer's Manual.
Set Logic: D SPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",9)
Kill Logic: D KPTFP^DGPTDDCR(.X,.DA,"P",9)
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 9 (45.05,12) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
AICPP (#855) RECORD MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: Notify packages of ICD procedure code change.
Description: This cross-reference will notify subscribing packages via protocol DG PTF ICD PROCEDURE NOTIFIER when an ICD
procedure code is added, edited, or removed.
Set Logic: D NOTIFYP^DGPTDD(.X1,.X2,.DA,45,"PROCEDURE","SET")
Kill Logic: D NOTIFYP^DGPTDD(.X1,.X2,.DA,45,"PROCEDURE","KILL")
Whole Kill: Q
X(1): PROCEDURE DATE (45.05,.01)
X(2): PROCEDURE CODE 1 (45.05,4)
X(3): PROCEDURE CODE 2 (45.05,5)
X(4): PROCEDURE CODE 3 (45.05,6)
X(5): PROCEDURE CODE 4 (45.05,7)
X(6): PROCEDURE CODE 5 (45.05,8)
X(7): PROCEDURE CODE 6 (45.05,9)
X(8): PROCEDURE CODE 7 (45.05,10)
X(9): PROCEDURE CODE 8 (45.05,11)
X(10): PROCEDURE CODE 9 (45.05,12)
X(11): PROCEDURE CODE 10 (45.05,13)
X(12): PROCEDURE CODE 11 (45.05,14)
X(13): PROCEDURE CODE 12 (45.05,15)
X(14): PROCEDURE CODE 13 (45.05,16)
X(15): PROCEDURE CODE 14 (45.05,17)
X(16): PROCEDURE CODE 15 (45.05,18)
X(17): PROCEDURE CODE 16 (45.05,19)
X(18): PROCEDURE CODE 17 (45.05,20)
X(19): PROCEDURE CODE 18 (45.05,21)
X(20): PROCEDURE CODE 19 (45.05,22)
X(21): PROCEDURE CODE 20 (45.05,23)
X(22): PROCEDURE CODE 21 (45.05,24)
X(23): PROCEDURE CODE 22 (45.05,25)
X(24): PROCEDURE CODE 23 (45.05,26)
X(25): PROCEDURE CODE 24 (45.05,27)
X(26): PROCEDURE CODE 25 (45.05,28)
Subfile #45.06
Record Indexes:
AB (#624) RECORD MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY WHOLE FILE (#45)
Short Descr: Used to print 801 transactions not sent to PCE
Set Logic: S ^DGPT("AB",X2(1),DA(1),DA)=""
Set Cond: S X='X2(2)&'X2(3)&X2(1)
Kill Logic: K:X1(1)'="" ^DGPT("AB",X1(1),DA(1),DA)
Kill Cond: S X=X2(2)!X2(3)!(X(1)'=X(2))
X(1): CPT RECORD DATE/TIME (45.06,.01) (Len 7) (forwards)
X(2): DATA TO PCE FLAG (45.06,.07) (Len 1) (forwards)
X(3): DELETE FLAG (45.06,.09) (Len 1) (forwards)
INPUT TEMPLATE(S):
DG PTF CREATE PTF ENTRY MAY 04, 1990@13:58 USER #0 ^DGPTXC
DG PTF POST CREATE MAY 22, 1995@14:50 USER #0 ^DGPTXA
DG101 FEB 15, 2007@08:47 USER #0 ^DGPTX1
DG101 PRE-SCCP-TEST MAY 19, 1992@13:31 USER #0
DG101F SEP 27, 2021@09:19 USER #0
DG401 OCT 24, 2006@10:41 USER #0 ^DGPTX4
DG401-10P SEP 24, 2014@16:50 USER #0 ^DGX4
DG501 JAN 30, 2013@12:20 USER #0 ^DGPTX5
DG501 SAVE 5.2 MAR 04, 1993@15:03 USER #0
DG501-10D OCT 18, 2014@12:20 USER #0 ^DGX5
DG501F OCT 06, 2014@08:34 USER #0 ^DGX5F
DG501F-10D OCT 18, 2014@01:28 USER #0 ^DGX5FD
DG501Q JUL 09, 1991@11:48 USER #0
DG601 OCT 14, 2014@12:56 USER #0
DG601-10P OCT 14, 2014@12:58 USER #0 ^DGX6
DG701 JAN 30, 2013@12:15 USER #0 ^DGPTX7
DG701-10D MAR 17, 2015@12:47 USER #0 ^DGX7
DGPT 401 CLEANUP MAY 15, 1991@15:44 USER #0
DGPT 501 CLEANUP MAY 15, 1991@15:54 USER #0
DGPT 601 CLEANUP FEB 15, 2007@09:45 USER #0
DGQWK FEB 15, 2007@08:49 USER #0
DGQWKF FEB 15, 2007@08:50 USER #0
PRINT TEMPLATE(S):
801HEADER MAR 29, 2005@10:08 USER #0 PTF LIST
801notsenttopce MAR 28, 2005@14:58 USER #0 Pro Fee Coding Not Sent to PCE
DG PTF PT BRIEF LIST OCT 30, 1990@16:30 USER #0 ^DGPTXB Patient's Current PTF Records
DGCODING REPORT OCT 25, 1990@10:36 USER #0 CODING REPORT
DGDRGENTER NOV 06, 1986 USER #0 DRG ENTRY
DGICD NOV 01, 1990@15:00 USER #0 PTF LIST
DGICD-10 JUN 22, 2012@09:42 USER #0 PTF LIST
DGICD-9 JUN 20, 2012@16:38 USER #0 PTF LIST
DGOPENPTF MAR 06, 1986 USER #0 List of Open PTF Records
DGPT CENSUS CODING REPORT OCT 25, 1990@10:31 USER #0 CENSUS CODING REPORT
DGPT CENSUS INQUIRY NOV 30, 1990@21:35 USER #0 CENSUS RECORD
DGPTF MAR 09, 2004@10:45 USER #0 PTF RECORD
DGUPDATE JAN 14, 1986 USER #0 PTF UPDATE
SORT TEMPLATE(S):
801FIND MAR 28, 2005@15:01 USER #0
Pro Fee Coding Not Sent to PCE
DGDRGENTER NOV 10, 1986 USER #0
SORT BY: STATUS// From '1'
DGOPENPTF JUL 18, 1985 USER #0
SORT BY: @STATUS// From '-1' To '0'
WITHIN STATUS, SORT BY: DISCHARGE DATE// (User is asked range)
DGPTAP80010185010102 JUL 21, 1993@12:00 USER #0
DGPTAP80010185010103 JUL 21, 1993@12:01 USER #0
DGPTF DEC 17, 1984 USER #0
SORT BY: PATIENT// (User is asked range)
WITHIN PATIENT, SORT BY: #ADMISSION DATE// (User is asked range)
WITHIN ADMISSION DATE, SORT BY: STATUS// (User is asked range)
FORM(S)/BLOCK(S):